Professional Documents
Culture Documents
00 Edition 8 Catalog All Pages
00 Edition 8 Catalog All Pages
PRODUCT
CATALOG
EDITION 8
Visit our websites for more detailed product information, design galleries, CAD drawings and
plenty of other resources.
®
INSIDE
5-34 35-114
Luxury Railings Iron & Steel Railings (continued)
54-59 Ornamental Iron Posts
60-61 Cast Iron Series from Grande Forge
62-63 Ronde Series from Grande Forge
64 Castel Series from Grande Forge
6-7 Brass Handrails and Fittings 65 Masters Series from Grande Forge
8-10 Cast Iron Series 66-69 Tradition Series from Grande Forge
11-15 Mozart Series 70 Rustique Series from Grande Forge
16-17 Black Diamond Series 71 Twisted Bar
18-19 Paris Series 72-76 Forged Balusters
20-21 Diamond Series 77 Bow Balcony Rails & Forged Bows
22-23 Modern Series 78-79 Economy & Forged Scroll Panels
24-25 Comtesse Series 80-90 Regency Railing Prefabricated Panels
26-27 Classic Series 91-103 Ornamental Forged Scroll Panels
28-29 Harmonie Series 104-105 Ornamental Cast Iron Balusters
30-31 Versailles Series 106 Ornamental Cast Iron Castings
32-34 Royal Series 106-114 Ornamental Cast Iron Panels
35-114 115-182
Iron & Steel Railings Ornamental Metals
INSIDE
115-182 201-240
Ornamental Metals (continued) Stainless & Cable Railing
148-149 Cages & Other Decorative Elements
150-153 Home Decor Collection
154 Flower Panels
155-156 Double Faced Steel Castings
157 Ornamental Cast Iron Panels & Brackets
158 Ornamental Iron Valances & Inserts 202-211 CableRail by Feeney
159-160 Ornamental Iron Picket Castings 212-219 INOX Stainless Steel Railing System
161 Decorative Circles & Washers/Grates, 220-221 WOODINOX Railing System
Vents & Grilles 222 INOX for Square Posts
162 Furniture Legs 223-225 Glass Clamps & Glass Mount Brackets
163-173 Ornamental Iron Castings 226-231 LED System for Stainless Steel Railing
174-175 Ornamental Iron Crowns & Top Scrolls 232-235 1½" & 2" Stainless Steel Railing System
176 Gate Frame Ends & Shaped Gate Frame Tops 236-239 PanelGrip 2
177-182 Readymade Gates by RikFer 240 Glass Clips
183-200 241-250
Aluminum Railings Brass Railings
184 Aluminum Handrail & Fittings 242 Brass Handrail & Fittings
185 Tubing & Plain Bar 243 Tubing, Sleeves & Extrusions
186 Aluminum Pipe Fittings 244 Handrail & Post Brackets
187 Tubular Balusters 245 Footrail & Armrail Brackets
188-189 Newel Posts 246 Flanges & Mounting
190-191 Balusters, Scroll Panels & Twisted Bars 247 End Caps, Finials & Accessories
192-195 Forged Scroll Panels 248 Ball Fittings
196 Leaves 249 Flush Fittings
197 Infill Castings, Finials & Rosettes 250 Glass Clips
198 Decorative Aluminum Elements
199 Cover Plates, Flanges & Shoes
200 Collars, Ball & Post Caps
INSIDE
251-268 269-324
Paint & Patinas Gate Hardware (continued)
313 Locinox Electro-Magnetic Lock
314-315 Locinox Mortise Gate Locks
316-320 Gate Closers
321-322 Panic Hardware
252 Vinylast Paint 323 LokkBolt & Q-Bolt
253 Primers, Thinners, Patinas & Staygold 324 Drop Bolts & Ground Catchers
254 Aqualast Paint
255 RustResolve-Rust Converter 325-340
256-257 Gilders Paste
Sliding Gate Systems
258-268 Sculpt Nouveau Chemical Patinas
269-324
Gate Hardware
326-333 DuraGates Cantilever Sliding Gate
Hardware
334-339 V-Groove Rolling Gate System
340 Overhead Track System
270-273 TruClose Hinges
274-280 SureClose Hinges 341-382
281 KwikFit Aluminum Hinges
282 KwikFit Polymer Hinges & Gate Handle Gate Automation
283 Locinox Aluminum Hinges
284-285 Steel Hinges for Wood, Vinyl & Metal Gates
286 Shut-It Steel Bolt-On Hinges
287 Shut-It Steel Barrel Hinges
288-289 Shut-It Roller Bearing Hinges
290-291 Comunello Steel Hinges 342-345 DASMA Safety Guide
292-294 Steel, Stainless & Aluminum Hinges 346-353 Slide Gate Operators
295 Latches & Latch Holders 354-365 Swing Gate Operators
296 Ornamental Gate Latches 366-367 ECOSOL Solar-Powered System
297 Gate Stops 368-373 Access Control
298-299 MagnaLatch® & MagnaLatch® Alert 374 Driveway Loops & Vehicle Detectors
300-301 LokkLatch® Gate Latches 375-379 Educational Articles on Driveway Loops
302 MagnaLatch® & Gravity Latches 380 Safety Edges
303 LokkLatch® Magnetic Gate Latch 381-382 Gate Operator Accessories
304-306 Lockey Keyless Locks
307-311 Locinox Swing Gate Locks 385-389 Index by Product Name
312 Locinox Sliding Gate Locks 390-400 Index by Item Number
Locinox manufactures hardware for fencing Manufacturers high quality gate latches,
and gates including locks, hinges, and gate hinges and accessories. You know them best for the
closers. MagnaLatch Child Safety Gate Latch.
16mm
1 3/4” 1 3/4” 2”
16mm
5/8”
2”
5/8”
45mm 50mm
3/8”
3/8”
10
3/8”
16mm
9
3/8”
10
1 3/4” 2”
5/8”
9
7mm
1/4”
7mm
1/4”
3/8”
3/8”
4
10
9
24mm
4
24mm
6
24mm 24mm 24mm
24mm
7mm
15/16” 15/16” 15/16”
1/4”
15/16” 15/16” 15/16”
4
6
L 3 mL 39,84
m ft MCL
9,84 4524mm
ft MCL 45 L 3 mL 39,84
m ft MCL
9,84 50
24mm
ft MCL 50 L 3 mL 39,84
m ft MCL
9,84 6024mm
ft MCL 60
L 3 mL 39,84
m ft MCL
9,84 45P
ft MCL
15/16”
45P L 3 mL 39,84
m ft MCL
9,84 50P
ft MCL
15/16”
50P L 3 mL 39,84
m ft MCL
9,84 60P
ft MCL 60P
15/16”
L 3 m 9,84 ft MCL 45 L 3 m 9,84 ft MCL 50 L 3 m 9,84 ft MCL 60
Brass
L 3 m 9,84 ft MCL 45P L3m 9,84 ft MCL 50P
Brass L 3 m 9,84 ft
Brass 60P
MCL
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
RAILINGS
LUXURY
ALSO AVAILABLE IN CHROME NICKEL SATIN
THESE FINISHES BLACK (CN) (NI) (SA)
190mm
7 1/2”
R=
R= 95
33 m
260mm
m
10 1/4”
/4»
“LATERAL“ scrolls for MCL45, MCL50 and MCL60 are supplied in solid polished “LATERAL“ bottom rail scroll made
brass. Use with DL51, steel scroll 20x12mm, ¾" x ½". of a 20 x 12mm (¾" x ½") steel bar.
Fit for use left or right.
FOR DL 45/50/60 L&R.
150mm 103mm
5 7/8" 4 1/16"
20
100mm
3 15/16"
140mm
5 1/2”
Brass finial bases, polished and lacquered or 24-carat gold Brass volute-end, polished. Polished brass
plated : “G”. Items for indoor use only. Recessed to receive a coverjoint collar.
20 x 12 mm bar (¾" x ½").
60 60 60
mm mm mm
23 23 23
/8” /8” /8”
Passing Base Extremity Base Base for Angle For MCL45 DRL45 For MCL45 RAL45
For MCL50 DRL50 For MCL50 RAL50
TSL1 TSL2 TSL3 For MCL60 DRL60 For MCL60 RAL60
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Genuine work of art. The original models have been carved by Mr. René DEIBER named “best
worker of France”. Starting posts and balusters, body in cast iron and the ends in mild steel. This
allows for an assembly of the railing by welding. NOT SUITABLE FOR HOT DIP GALVANIZING.
165mm
6 1/2"
Illustration
ca. 1260mm - ca. 49 5/8"
ca. 735mm - ca. 29"
SUP6
360mm
A=1010 mm
A=39 3/4" FOP600 Post supplied with base shoe.
A=1110 mm
A=43 11/16" FOP660 FOP555 FOP333 FOP111
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
RAILINGS
LUXURY
16mm 16mm 14mm
5/8" 5/8" 9/16"
180mm 95mm
14mm 16mm 7 1/16" 3 3/4"
9/16" 5/8"
250mm - 9 7/8"
165mm - 6 1/2"
1155mm - 45 1/2"
1070mm - 42 1/8"
655mm - 25 3/4"
655mm - 25 3/4"
250mm - 9 7/8"
250mm - 9 7/8"
99mm
3 7/8"
14 14
9/16" 9/16”
1 7/8"
DESIGN: COMPONENTS:
GF-CI003 Post: FOP333
Baluster: FOB133
Baluster
Shoe: FOC52Z
DESIGN: COMPONENTS:
GF-CI001 Post: FOP555 DESIGN: COMPONENTS:
Baluster: FOB515 GF-CI004 Post: FOP555
Finial: FOT13 Baluster: FOB515
Rosette: FDF11
Baluster
Shoe: FOC52Z
DESIGN: COMPONENTS:
GF-CI002 Post: FOP555
Baluster: FOB515
Rosette: FDF11
Finial: FOT12
RAILINGS
LUXURY
DESIGN: COMPONENTS:
GF-MZ001 Post: FOP555 Baluster: FOB515
Infill Finial: TB200
Panels: MOG55 Base Shoe: FOC62Z
MOB45
MOB41
DESIGN: COMPONENTS:
GF-MZ002 Post: FOP555
Infill
Panels: MOB45
MOB44
MOD52
Baluster: FOB515
Finial: TBL53
Decorative
Leaf: FR111
Stylistic composition takes on its full meaning in the Mozart line, elegantly
combining the exuberance of leaves and flowers or of a ”stylized peacock.”
Mozart invites you to recreate the splendor of metalworks in ancient
palaces. AVAILABLE IN A PATINATED FINISH UPON REQUEST.
ca.430mm
ca.17’’
16x8mm
5/8x5/16’’
14x6mm
9/16x1/4’’
470mm
18 1/2’’
700mm
27 9/16”
16x8mm 8mm
5/8’’x5/16” + 5/16” MOG47
1150mm
45 9/16”
ca.530mm
ca. 20 7/8”
99mm
3 7/8”
RAILINGS
LUXURY
99mm
14x6mm
3 7/8”
9/16 x 1/4 ”
500mm
240mm
240mm
9 7/16”
9 7/16”
19 11/16”
14x6mm
9/16’’x1/4” MOD52
16x8mm
5/8x5/16’’
880mm
34 5/8”
700mm
27 9/16”
945mm
37 3/16”
230mm
9 1/4”
16x8mm
5/8’’x5/16” MOB45
65mm
2 9/16”
545mm
21 7/16”
130mm 250mm
14x6mm
5 1/8” 9 7/8”
9/16’’x1/4” MOG55
14mm 16x8mm
9/16” MOB44 5/8’’x5/16” MOL25 A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
290mm
130mm
11 7/16’’
5 1/8”
160mm
6 1/4’’
180mm
7 1/16’’
14x6mm
MOD82
225mm - 8 7/8’’
9/16’’x1/4”
361mm
14 3/16’’
16x8mm
5/8’’x5/16” MOG35
700mm - 27 9/16’’
1150mm - 45 1/4’’
495mm - 19 1/2’’
880mm
34 5/8’’
225mm - 8 7/8’’
410mm 361mm
16 1/8’’ 14 3/16’’
14mm 16x8mm 16x8mm
9/16” MOB62 5/8’’x5/16” MOG40 5/8’’x5/16” MOG36
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
RAILINGS
LUXURY
Gate top kit
270mm
10 5/8’’
ca.1275mm
ca.50 1/4’’
16x8mm
5/8’’x5/16” MOK128
880mm
34 5/8’’
860mm
33 7/8’’
16x8mm
5/8’’x5/16” MOG86
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
16 x 250mm
5/8” x 9 7/8”
ø 100mm ø 4”
H : 140mm H : 5 1/2”
ø 54mm
ø 2 1/8”
BDT30
1260mm - 49 1/2”
1155mm - 45 1/2”
655mm - 25 3/4”
43mm
1 3/4”
L
120mm
4 3/4”
40 mm
1 5/8” BDCS224
A
14 mm A = 53mm
9/16” A = 2 1/8’’ BDCS4
16 mm A = 53mm
5/8” A = 2 1/8’’ BDCS6
16 mm A = 63mm
5/8” A = 2 1/2’’ BDCS7
16 x 250mm
5/8” x 9 7/8”
1 9/16” x 14 3/16”
40 x 360mm
1 3/8”
35
16 mm A = 60mm
L= 705mm L= 735mm 5/8” A = 2 3/8’’ BDCS616
BDP700 K BDP710 K BDB724 K BDB734 K 25mm A = 85mm
L = 27 3/4’’
L= 705mm
L = 28 15/16’’
L= 735mm 1” A = 3 3/8’’ BDCS825
BDP700 R BDP710 R BDB724 R BDB734 R 35mm A = 85mm
L = 27 3/4’’ L = 28 15/16’’
1 3/8” A = 3 3/8’’ BDCS835
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
RAILINGS
LUXURY
DESIGN: COMPONENTS:
GF-BD001 Post: BDP700R
Baluster: BDB724R
Finial: BDT30
Photo courtesy of Capozzoli Metalworks
DESIGN: COMPONENTS:
GF-BD003 Post: BDP700R
Baluster: BDB724R
BDB734R
16mm - 165mm
1 3/16” - 6 1/2”
5/8” - 6 1/2”
1070mm - 42 1/8”
650mm - 25 9/16”
1225mm - 48 1/4”
700mm - 27 9/16”
16mm - 255mm
5/8” - 10”
35mm - 360mm
1 3/8” - 14 3/16”
Guilloched
ends PL530 BL531 PL540 BL541 PL510 BL511 BL512
Mild iron
ends PL550 BL551 PL560 BL561 PL500 BL501 BL502
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
RAILINGS
LUXURY
AVAILABLE FINISHES
CHROME
PL530 BLACK PL530CN NICKEL PL530NI SATIN PL530SA
DESIGN:
GF-PA007
COMPONENTS:
Post: PL550
Balusters: BL501
BL551
Baseshoe: CSL616G
DESIGN:
GF-PA001
COMPONENTS:
Post: PL530
Baluster: BL531
Handrail: MCL60P
Photo courtesy of Cacciola Iron Works
Lateral
Scroll: DL60R
Finial: TBL30G
95mm
3 3/4”
35 x 165mm
x 6 1/2”
165mm
6 1/2”
1 3/16”
1 3/8”
30
1120mm - 44 1/16”
700mm - 27 9/16”
1225mm - 48 1/4”
700mm - 27 9/16”
1 9/16” x 14 3/16”
255mm
40 x 360mm
10”
1 3/8”
35
16mm
5/8” BL246R BL243R BL244R BL245R PL242R PL240R
16mm
5/8” BL246K BL243K BL244K BL245K PL242K PL240K
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
RAILINGS
LUXURY
AVAILABLE FINISHES
CHROME
PL242 BLACK PL242CN NICKEL PL242NI SATIN PL242SA
diamond
“sa” finish
DESIGN:
GF-DI003
COMPONENTS:
Post: PL242K DESIGN:
Baluster: BL244K GF-DI002
BL245K
Baseshoe: CSL616G COMPONENTS:
Handrail: MCL60P Post: PL242KSA
Finial Baluster: BL244KSA
Base: TSL2 Finial: TBL30SA
Finial: TBL30G Finial Base: TSL2SA
35 x 165mm
x 6 1/2”
165mm
1 3/16”
1 3/8”
6 1/2”
30
1120mm - 44 1/16”
700mm - 27 9/16”
1225mm - 48 1/4”
700mm - 27 9/16”
1 9/16” x 14 3/16”
40 x 360mm
255mm
10”
1 3/8”
35
16mm
5/8” BL177R BL178R BL175R BL179R PL170R
16mm
5/8” BL177K BL178K BL175K BL179K PL170K
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
RAILINGS
LUXURY
AVAILABLE FINISHES
CHROME
BL178 BLACK BL178CN NICKEL BL178NI SATIN BL178SA
DESIGN:
GF-MD002
COMPONENTS:
Post: PL170R
Baluster: BL177R
BL175R
BL178R
Handrail: MCL60P DESIGN: COMPONENTS:
Lateral GF-MD003 Posts: PL170K
Scroll: DL60R Balusters: BL175K
Finial: TBL37 Base Collar: CSL616
185mm
7 5/16”
16mm - L: 165mm
99mm
3 7/8”
5/8” - L: 6 1/2”
1225mm - 48 1/4”
700mm - 27 9/16”
1070mm - 42 1/8”
650mm - 25 9/16”
35 - L : 360mm
1 3/8” - L: 14 3/16”
16mm - L: 255mm
5/8” - L: 10”
RAILINGS
LUXURY
AVAILABLE FINISHES
CHROME
BL113 BLACK BL113CN NICKEL BL113NI SATIN BL113SA
DESIGN: COMPONENTS:
GF-CM002 Post: PL111
Baluster: BL116
Finial: TBL6
Finial Base: TSL3
165mm - 6 1/2”
1200mm - 47 1/4”
700mm - 27 9/16”
1070mm - 42 1/8”
650mm - 25 5/8”
360mm - 14 3/16”
255mm - 10”
25mm 14mm
1 PC616 9/16” B6105 B6505 B6705 B6106 B6506 B6706
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
RAILINGS
LUXURY
Discover the new version of the famous Classic range. The central parts are
supplied in polished and lacquered Stainless Steel. The body of the baluster
is raw steel painted matte black.
140mm - 5 1/2”
1070mm - 42 1/8”
1200mm - 47 1/4”
700mm - 27 9/16”
360mm - 14 3/16”
85m
60 3
m
m 3/
23 m 8”
/8”
9/16” - 4 15/16”
14 - 125mm
1200mm - 47 1/4”
700mm - 27 9/16”
650mm - 25 9/16”
900mm - 35 7/16”
40mm - L: 360mm
1 9/16” - L: 14 3/16”
9/16” - 4 15/16”
14 - 125mm
RAILINGS
LUXURY
DESIGN: COMPONENTS:
DESIGN: GF-HM003 Post: PL100
GF-HM004 Balusters: BL103
COMPONENTS: BL105
Baluster: BL103 Handrail: MCL60P
Base Shoe: CSL51 Finial: TBL2
Finial Base: TSL2
DESIGN: COMPONENTS:
GF-HM002 Post: PL101
Handrail: MCL60P
Glass Clip: GC8050
Finial: TBL6
Finial Base: TSL1
16 x 165mm
5/8 x 6 1/2”
1225mm - 48 1/4”
700mm - 27 9/16”
1120mm - 44 1/16”
700mm - 27 9/16”
BL420 BL427
1 3/8 x 14 3/16”
35 x 360mm
16 x 255mm
5/8 x 10”
CSL147 CSL403
Patinated PL430 BL421 BL422 BL423 BL424 2" sq. – for 5/8" sq. 2-3/8" wide x 1-7/8" deep
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE . – for 5/8" sq.
RAILINGS
LUXURY
AVAILABLE FINISHES
CHROME
GILDED BL422G BLACK BL422CN
DESIGN: COMPONENTS:
GF-VE001 Post: PL430
Balusters: BL420
BL423
BL422
Handrail: MCL60P
Finial: TBL9
NICKEL BL422NI SATIN BL422SA
The “ROYAL” series recreates the luxury and the glamour of the
ancient palaces. The end pieces are made of mild steel, allowing
for the assembly of the railing by welding. The ends, as well as the
rails, should be painted with a satin finish in a color suitable to the ca. 180mm
room decoration. For indoor use only. NOTE: Mild steel ends are unfinished. Available ca. 7 1/16”
painted upon request.
99mm
3 7/8”
400mm
15 3/4”
30 x 165mm
1 3/16 x 6 1/2”
99mm 99mm
3 7/8” 3 7/8”
16 x 200mm
5/8 x 7 7/8”
/8”
1225mm - 48 1/4”
700mm - 27 9/16”
1070mm - 42 1/8”
650mm - 25 9//16”
16”
/
35 x 360mm
1 3/8 x 14 3/16”
16 x 255mm
BL149
/ x 10”
5/8
RAILINGS
LUXURY
AVAILABLE FINISHES
205mm
8 1/16”
16 x 165mm
5/8 x 6 1/2”
1070mm - 42 1/8”
650mm - 25 9/16”
CSL147 CSL86
2" sq. – for 5/8" sq. 2-5/8" – for 5/8" sq.
CHROME
BLACK BL149CN NICKEL BL149NI
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
DESIGN:
GF-RY002
COMPONENTS: royal
Post: PL142
Baluster: BL148 ‘‘ni’’
BL147
BL145
finish
Handrail: MCL60P DESIGN: COMPONENTS:
Finial: TBL9 GF-RY003 Post: PL142NI Handrail: MCL60PNI
Finial Base: TSL3 Baluster: BL149NI Finial: TBL9NI
BL147NI Finial Base: TSL2NI
DESIGN:
GF-RY001
COMPONENTS:
Post: PL140
Baluster: BL149
BL147
BL145
Handrail: MCL60P
Finial: TBL9
Finial Base: TSL3
t
Mill Finish, 20' Lengths b
IRON & STEEL
1-3/4" wide 1-15/16" wide 2-1/4" wide C11218 1" 1/2" 1/8" H1248
20' length 19' length C1141218 1-1/4" 1/2" 1/8" H1252
20' length
C1121218 1-1/2" 1/2" 1/8" H1244
LATERAL SCROLLS AND FITTINGS AVAILABLE FOR HANDRAIL H1248 - H1252 - H1244
(Indicate left or right when ordering)
A–Senior Lateral Scroll B–Senior Lateral Channel P–Straight Lamb’s Tongue
Y Y
Left Left Y
H1248AL H1248BL
X=10¼" Y=8½" X=9½" Y=7¾" H1248P
X H1252AL X H1252BL X=4½" Y=5½"
X=11¾" Y=9⅝" X=10⅝" Y=8⅝" H1252P
X X=5½" Y=5½"
H1244AL H1244BL
X=13⅛" Y=11" X=12" Y=9¾" H1244P
X=6" Y=6½"
Y Right Y Right
H1248AR H1248BR H–Bevel Lamb’s Tongue
X=10¼" Y=8½" X=9½" Y=7¾"
H1252AR H1252BR Y
X X
X=11¾" Y=9⅝" X=10⅝" Y=8⅝" H1248H
H1244AR H1244BR X=5½" Y=8½"
X=13⅛" Y=11" X=12" Y=9¾" H1252H
X
X=6" Y=8½"
K–Corner Bend E–Square Terminal H1244H
KK–Channel Corner Bend Y X=6½" Y=8¾"
May also be used as a wall return - by trimming H1248E
one leg - or combine two for a 180° turn. X=3⅜" Y=1¾"
Y H1252E
H1248K H1248KK X X=3½" Y=2" Y
X=5" Y=6" X=5" Y=5¼" 1377/40
H1244E Use with: H1244
H1252K H1252KK X=3½" Y=2¼"
X X=7" Y=12½"
X=5¾" Y=5¾" X=5" Y=5¼"
H1244K H1244KK 1377/41
Use with: H1248 X
X=6" Y=6" X=5" Y=5½"
X=9" Y=13"
812/12
V–Volutes H1248V Use with: H1244
Y
4/4
1-1/2" wide x 5/16" thick
EGYPTIAN
6/7
1-1/2" wide x 5/16" thick
4435
2-1/8" wide
1834/2 1834/5 118/29 3/4" high
1-7/32" wide 1-1/4" wide 1-9/16" wide
3/16" thick 3/8" thick 1/8" thick
Y Y X = 11-13/16"
X = 5-1/8" 116/9 Y = 4-11/32"
Y = 4-11/32" for use with
handrail 114/4 116/1 6-13/32" dia.
116/10 for use with
handrail 114/4 116/25
for use with for use with
X handrail 114/5 116/2 handrail 114/4
116/13 for use with
handrail 114/5 116/26
for use with X for use with
handrail 114/8 116/5 handrail 114/5
116/16 for use with
handrail 114/8 116/29
for use with for use with
handrail 114/12 116/8 handrail 114/8
for use with
handrail 114/12 116/32
for use with
Y
handrail 114/12
X = 5-1/8" DESIGN:
X Y = 4-11/32" 1068/2
114/B/13
COMPONENTS:
for use with
handrail Sweep: 7/6K
4/6-20FT Handrail: 4/2
Posts: 2/1
Y Fixing Plates: 92/3
Scrolls: 58/12
Upright Bars: 3/1
Daisies: 77/30
114/B/14
Rose Bar: 69/4
for use with
handrail Roses: 70/11 & 70/12
X
4/6-20FT Leaves: 77/32, 77/33 &
77/34
Balls: 88/1 (1-1/2")
X = 11-13/16"
Y = 4-11/32"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
ELBOWS
These elbows are precision mandrel bent parts - without seams - except as noted with an *.
IRON & STEEL
RAILINGS
2" inside radius, trimmed PIPE SIZE TUBE OD A STEEL ALUMINUM STAINLESS
PIPE WALL 1-1/4" 1.66" 1-9/16" 840* 842* 844*
SIZE OD THICKNESS STEEL ALUMINUM STAINLESS 1-1/2" 1.90" 1-11/16" 841* 843* 845*
1-1/4" 1.66" .140" 269-6 293-6 317-2 ALLOYS: Steel: 1006-1010 - Aluminum: 3003 - Stainless Steel: Type 304
1-1/2" 1.90" .145" 341-6 365-6 389-4
ALLOYS: Aluminum: 3003 Seamed Elbows, 6063 Pipe Elbows WEDGE-LOCK WELDING CONNECTORS
Stainless Steel: Type 304
Wedge-Lock Welding Connectors
PIPE • Available for Steel, Aluminum and Stainless Steel.
• No chamfering necessary.
• Aligns Pipe and Tube prior to welding.
t
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Headless
2. Insert Splice-Lock into this first section. Set Screw
Cup End
3. Insert and partially tighten the Set Screw.
Heavy Base Plain Flange with Set Screw*
4. Slide other section to be joined over the Splice-Lock. If
you are using a Double-Lock Splice-Lock, drill a 13/32" PIPE
diameter hole in this section as well and insert second SIZE OD STEEL ALUMINUM STAINLESS
Set Screw. 1-1/4" 1.66" 1429 1469 1529
1-1/2" 1.90" 1437 1477 1537
5. Complete tightening of the Set Screw(s) until no
* 1/4"-20 set screw - not for structural use.
movement.
INTERNAL SLEEVES
Internal Sleeve
May be used with Aluminum or
Stainless Steel. Ribbed outer surface.
Snap-On Cover Flange Base
PIPE EXTRUDED 4-3/8" diameter base has four clear mounting holes for 3/8" bolts.
SIZE SCH. TUBE OD TUBE ID LENGTH ALUMINUM
1-1/4" 40 1.66" 1.38" 4" IR70E-7 PIPE COVER 3003 TYPE 304
SIZE OD DIAM. THICK. STEEL ALUMINUM STAINLESS
1-1/2" 40 1.90" 1.62" 5" SA517
1-1/4" 1.66" 4-3/8" .25" 2065B 2066B 2067B*
Internal Splice 1-1/2" 1.90" 4-3/8" .25" 2075B 2076B 2077B*
* Thickness = .188".
PIPE STAINLESS 14 GAUGE
SIZE TUBE OD TUBE ID LENGTH STEEL STEEL
1-1/4" 1.66" 1.38" 5" 1224 1220
Plain Flange
1-1/2" 1.90" 1.62" 5" 1225 1222 PIPE
SIZE OD STEEL ALUMINUM STAINLESS
U-BRACKET 1-1/4" 1.66" 1610 1630 1610-S
1-1/2" 1.90" 1620 1640 1620-S
b 10 Ga. Thickness
Type A Machined Drive-On End Cap for Deburr inside of pipe to give chamfered caps an easy start.
b
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
GROOVED BARS
625/3
1/2" sq. x 10' long
625/5
5/8" sq. x 10' long
FORGED ’VINE’ BAR 625/7
13/16" sq. x 10' long
Sold in 10' Lengths
Item 69/4
Available in: 1/4"
5/16"
3/8"
1/2"
5/8"
3/4"
1"
1-1/4"
DESIGN:
1001/2
Height = 7'11"
Width of opening = 4'6"
COMPONENTS:
Frame: 2/2
Vertical Bars: 69/4 - 3/4"
Leaves: 76/29 & 76/30
Vines: 69/4 - various sizes
Roses: 70/11 & 70/12
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
1057/1
Height = 58"
Width = 44"
COMPONENTS:
Uprights: 3/3
Horizontal
Bar: 3/6
Finial: 82/7
Scroll: 66/11
Rosette: 76/30
Also used as
bottom rail
ITEM NO. SIZE
3/13 3/13A 3/6 118/A/1 1/2" sq.
3/8 3/9 3/10 3/11 3/11A 1" x 1/4" 1" x 3/8" 1" x 3/8" flat 118/A/2 9/16" sq.
Edge hammered Hammered 118/A/3 5/8" sq.
1/2" Sq. 5/8" Sq. 3/4" Sq. 1" Sq. 1-1/4" Sq. on both
118/A/5 13/16" sq.
sides
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
RAILINGS
11/86 5/8" 11/88 1" 11/90 1-1/2" ROPE TWIST
11/87 3/4" 11/89 1-1/4" diameter
across strands
Our rope twists have a variety of applications. They can be used as decorative 5/8" 4 x 1/4"
handrail, foot rail, trip rail and also provide a stunning effect when used in furniture. 3/4" 4 x 5/16"
1" 4 x 3/8"
FULLY TWISTED BARS 1-1/4" 4 x 1/2"
sold in 10' Lengths 1-1/2" 4 x 5/8"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Sold in gths
RAILINGS
Len
Tubular Bamboo
USING SCHEDULE 80 PIPE
Item No. Size
BST-58 5/8"
knot ~3/4"
BST-34 3/4"
knot ~1" Solid Bamboo
BST-1 1"
knot ~1-1/4"
BST-114 1-1/4"
knot ~1-1/2"
BST-112 1-1/2"
knot ~1-3/4"
BSS-1-3/16 BSS-5/8
1-3/16" 5/8"
51" H 39-3/8" H
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
PRE-CUT COLLARS
HALF OVAL
16mm
5/8"
Hot rolled
steel
5mm
3/16"
1 1 /2"
for 1/4"
Mounting
Backplate: 2-3/4" dia. Backplate: 2-3/4" dia.
39/16 "
Screws
Clear Holes
for 1 /4"
a
Mounting
Screws
Steel Connector
75mm
2 15/16” RAC20
Right angle steel connector for
square posts, designed to be
47mm
20x12mm
Supplied with M10 hex socket
1405/1 1405/3 1405/2 3/4 x 1/12” head screw.
Backplate: Backplate: 3-5/32" dia. Backplate: 3-5/32" dia.
1" W x 5/16" H Bracket Arm: 5/8" dia.
Bracket Arm: 1/2" Clearance from wall:
Bracket Arm: 1/2" - 1/2"
Clearance from wall:
Aluminum Brackets
Clearance from wall: 2-1/2" 2-1/2" A A
2-1/2"
B
B
C
1805M C
ER8103
3/8" dia. (10mm)
Saddle with one Extruded handrail
mounting hole bracket square base
1-430 1003 1002 Dimensions: Dimensions:
Height: 5" 2-7/8" W x 3-1/8" H 1" W x 2" H A = 2-1/2" A = 2-1/2"
Bracket Arm: 5/8" Extends 7/8" x 7/8" Extends 5/8" x 7/8" B = 2-15/16" B = 2-5/8"
Clearance from wall: 3/8" hole Large Slot 1/4" x 7/8" C = 2-3/4"
5-3/8" C = 2"
Small Slot 1/4" x 1/2"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
a
a
1
1
/4" Screw /4" Screw
b
b
Round Saddle Bracket with One Mounting Hole Flat Saddle* Bracket with One Mounting Hole
SATIN SATIN SATIN SATIN
A B C STAINLESS BRONZE A B C STAINLESS BRONZE
1-1/2" 2-15/16" 2-1/2" 1815 1813 1-1/2" 2-15/16" 2-1/2" 1815F 1813F
1-1/2" 2-15/16" 3-1/4" 1816 1814 1-1/2" 2-15/16" 3-1/4" 1816F 1814F
27 /16 "
1 3/4 "
a c
1
2 1/4"
/4" 1" 1 1/2"
1 5/8"
5
/16"
11/2"
3"
3
/8-16
Wall Mount Handrail Bracket Tapped Hole
31/8"
3"
Brass Handrail Brackets
Wall Mount Handrail Bracket
Rotates to any angle. Single tapped 3/8"-16 hole.
SATIN
C STAINLESS
2-3/4" MB3250W
3-1/2" MB3300W
00-301 00-310
ITEM # TUBING CP D ITEM # CP D
00-301/1-1/2 1-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 00-310 2-1/4" 2-1/2"
00-301/2 2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2"
FITS AISI
SATIN
STAINLESS SML31 SML32
Backplate: 2-15/16" dia. Backplate: 3-1/2" dia.
1-1/4" Pipe 304 13.0111.038.12
Bracket Arm: 5/8" Bracket Arm: 9/16"
1-1/2" OD Round Tubing
Clearance from wall: 3-3/8" Clearance from wall: 3-3/8"
1-1/2" Pipe 304 13.0111.050.12
2" OD Round Tubing A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Install the baluster in place NOT SUITABLE FOR HOT DIP GALVANIZING.
by means of welding or To fix balusters on the side of the stringer: Steel bracket with
screwing. Supplied with a oval holes and cast iron cap.
M10 double thread screw.
45mm
1 4/5”
SUP6
94/A/2 1-427
Height: 6-5/16" Height: 10-5/8"
90mm
Wall Plate Size: 3-23/32" Wall Plate Size: 4-3/8"
3 1/2”
Size of Bar: 1/2" Size of Bar: 1/2"
55 mm
SUP9 2 3/16”
20mm
3/4" 60mm
2 3/8”
SPL13
120mm
4 3/4"
90mm
3 1/2"
SPL33
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
9¼" H 3" H
5⅜" sq.
2½" ID
7" 14" H
deep
opening 1¾" ID
24½" H
3" ID
28" H
6" H
1¾" ID
3¾" sq.
2⅞" ID
27" H
3" ID
23½" H
35¾" H
19" H
8¾" H
4¼" sq.
3¼" ID 6" diameter base
5½" ID 3⅝" ID
3" ID 4½" square 5" octagonal
6½" octagonal 6657 (top)
base base base
7" H x 3⅛" W
9301-top 2½" ID
14" H x 5⅜" W pineapple victorian raphael
6000 (2 pc. base)
9800 9113-X 9115-X
9302-spacer 27" H x 6" W
45" H x 6½" W 47" H x 4½" W 48" H x 5" W 2½" ID
6" H x 3¾" W
6000-X (1 pc. base)
9303-base
27" H x 6" W
8¾" H x 4¼" W
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
2½" ID
7" H
post and
top not sold 2½" X ID
separately
2⅝" X ID
4" H
16½" H
2⅝" X ID
2⅝" X ID
26" H
7" sq base
5½" X ID 5½" X ID
westminster brownstone
9703 9701 6003 6006 (collar)
51½" H x 5½" W 44" H x 6¼" W 26" H x 7" W 4" H x 4¾" W
6005 (post)
26¼" H x 7" W
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
two
piece one
top piece
top
12" H
1½" X ID
1¼" ID
7" deep inside
bottom of post
3⅞" 4"
square 3½" W
octagonal 3½" x 3¾" base
base base base
1¾" X ID 2¼" o ID 2¾" o ID
roman
queen anne brittany philadelphian 8191 (2 pc. top)
9117 9114 9116 12" H x 3½" W
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
4½" X ID
6½" H top
3⅛" X ID
5¾" H
3½" X ID
2 vertical
half-sections
26¾" H 19¼" H
27" H
3½" X ID
bottom
8⅛" X 5" X ID
10½"X base
base 5¾" X base
fits flush on
base No. 6002
10¼" X ID
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
6657-XL
11¼" H 11¼" H x 4" W
4" W
base
ECONO 3" X ID
Component Part Set
3" X ID
3⅜" H
nose to
2½" ID
mane
8¾" W 5¾" H
one 6001
piece
3⅜" H x 5⅛" W
2½"
ID set wt. 23 lbs.
2 vertical
half-sections same design 6001-XL
as 3½" H x 5¾" W
No. 6000-X
27"
for Mail Box
3½" H
Post, etc.
3⅛" ID
one 12¼" H
piece
6" base
base
6½" x 6"
with two 7¼" base
1/2" holes
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
29¾" H 29½" H
base base
1¾" ID 4" ID
742 740
10" H x 7" W 12" H x 8½" W
1 pc top
2¾"
3" H x 2¼"W 5⅝" 6½" sq
fits flat base base
post and
1⅛" X ID top not sold 7000-X 700
one separately 29¾" H x 5½" W 29½" H x 6½" W
piece
Post top sold
separately
SOLID
OK-9109
36" H 4" H x 6¼" W
29¾" H
Fits over 4" sq.
base
4"
Length is easily
adjustable.
8513
Accommodates
29¾" H x 4" W 4" W any stair
base
configuration.
8194 OK-9112
39" H x 4" W OK-9111 OK-9110 32" H x 7" W
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
54" H x 4¼" W 43½" H x 4¼" W comes in 4 pieces
165mm
6 1/2"
Illustration
ca. 1260mm - ca. 49 5/8"
SUP6
ca. 735mm - ca. 29"
360mm
A=1010 mm
A=39 3/4" FOP600 Post supplied with base shoe.
A=1110 mm
A=43 11/16" FOP660 FOP555 FOP333 FOP111
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
RAILINGS
14mm 16mm 7 1/16" 3 3/4"
9/16" 5/8"
250mm - 9 7/8"
165mm - 6 1/2"
1155mm - 45 1/2"
1070mm - 42 1/8"
655mm - 25 3/4"
655mm - 25 3/4"
250mm - 9 7/8"
250mm - 9 7/8"
99mm
3 7/8"
14 14
9/16" 9/16”
1 7/8"
ALSO AVAILABLE IN
THESE FINISHES
DESIGN:
GF-RD001
165mm
6 1/2"
35mm COMPONENTS:
13/8" Post: P700
250mm - 9 7/8"
Baluster: B724
Finial: FOS9
490mm - 19 5/16"
1260mm - 49 1/2"
735mm - 29"
ø 65mm
1070mm - 42 1/8"
2 9/16"
1155mm - 45 1/2"
ø 40mm
ø 1 9/16"
ø 40mm
ø 1 9/16"
580mm - 22 13/16"
360mm
14 3/16"
ø 40mm
250mm - 9 7/8"
ø 1 9/16"
With
basecollar
165mm
6 1/2"
490mm
19 5/16"
650mm
25 9/16"
ca. 600mm
1200mm
ca. 23 5/8”
47 1/4"
L
385mm
15 1/8"
With
basecollar
100mm
14 mm L : 1000 mm
9/16" L : 39 3/8" BR612 BR622 BR632 BR652 4"
30 mm
1 3/16" P630
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
DESIGN:
GF-CS001
COMPONENTS:
Post: PC612
Balusters: B6311
B6111
Finial: FOS5
165mm
6 1/2"
75mm 72mm
2 7/8" 2 7/8"
650mm
25 9/16"
1200mm
47 1/4"
420mm
300mm
16 1/2"
11 13/16"
L
385mm
15 1/8"
25 mm 12 mm L : 1000 mm
1" PC612 1/2" L : 39 3/8" B6111 B6211 B6311 B6411
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
265mm
10 7/16"
490mm
19 5/16"
495mm
495mm
19 5/16"
19 1/2"
1200mm
47 1/4"
L 35mm
460mm
18 1/8"
1 3/8"
A 35mm
1 3/8"
140mm - 5 1/2"
140mm - 5 1/2"
140mm - 5 1/2"
265mm - 10 7/6"
20 / 25 mm 350mm - 13 3/4"
315mm - 12 3/8"
320mm - 12 5/8"
490mm - 19 5/16"
30 mm 350mm - 13 3/4"
20 / 25 mm 340mm - 13 3/8"
425mm - 16 3/4"
20 / 25 mm 280mm - 11"
1200mm - 47 1/4"
700mm - 27 9/16"
700mm - 27 9/16"
700mm - 27 9/16"
350mm - 13 3/4"
450mm - 17 3/4"
30 mm
30 mm
20 / 25 mm 570mm - 22 7/16"
535mm - 21 1/16"
530mm - 20 7/8"
485mm - 19 1/8"
30 mm
360mm - 14 3/16"
360mm - 14 3/16"
360mm - 14 3/16"
20 mm
3/4" - PS121 P131 P104 P121 P101 P151 -
25 mm
1" PS125 PS122 P132 P105 P122 P102 P152 P100
30 mm
1 3/16" PS130 - P136 - P126 P106 - -
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
RAILINGS
Baluster: B0201
GF-TR007 B0901
COMPONENTS:
Post: P102
Baluster: B0206
B0106
B0706
180mm
135mm 150mm 7 1/16”
5 5/16" 5 7/8"
250mm
450mm
110mm
17 3/4"
4 5/16"
9 7/8"
12 x 1000 mm A : 650 mm
1/2” x 39 3/8” B1011 B0101 B0201 B0801 B0701 B0901 B4001 A : 25 9/16”
14 x 1150 mm A : 650 mm
9/16” x 45 1/2” B1014 B0104 B0204 B0804 B0704 B0904 B4004 A : 25 9/16”
16 x 1150 mm A : 700 mm
5/8” x 45 1/2” B1016 B0106 B0206 B0806 B0706 - B4006 A : 27 9/16”
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Baluster: B1801
B0201
B0701
DESIGN:
GF-TR001
COMPONENTS:
Baluster: B0804
B0204
B0104
B0404
550mm - 21 11/16"
450mm - 17 3/4"
600mm - 23 5/8"
L
12 mm L : 1000 mm
1/2" L : 39 3/8" B3711 B2711 B3601 B1801 B0401
14 mm L : 1150 mm
9/16" L : 45 1/2" B3714 B2714 B3604 B1804 B0404
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
RAILINGS
B9116
B9206
DESIGN:
GF-TR010
COMPONENTS:
Post: PS122
Baluster: B3204
Panel: MOG36
Finials: FOT15
FOT8
220mm 180mm
8 3/4” 7 1/16”
140mm - 5 1/2"
175mm - 6 7/8"
700mm - 27 9/16"
700mm - 27 9/16"
350mm - 13 3/4"
410mm - 16 1/8”
175mm - 6 7/8"
A
L
175mm - 6 7/8"
360mm - 14 3/16"
25 mm
1"
12 mm L : 1000 mm A : 650 mm
PS122 1/2" L : 39 3/8" B3201 B3001 B9111 B9201 B4001 A : 25 9/16”
14 mm L : 1150 mm A : 650 mm
9/16" L : 45 1/2" B1704 B3204 B3004 B9114 B9204 B3104 B4004 A : 25 9/16”
16 mm L : 1150 mm A : 700 mm
5/8" L : 45 1/2" B3206 B3006 B9116 B9206 B4006 A : 27 9/16”
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Balusters: B7401
B8101
Finial: FOT12
Base Shoe: FOC83
DESIGN:
GF-RS001
COMPONENTS:
Post: PR712
Balusters: B7501
B7201
Finial: FOT8
Base Shoe: CS250
140mm - 5 1/2”
290mm - 11 7/16”
360mm - 14 3/16”
20 mm 12 mm L : 1000 mm
3/4" sq. PR711 1/2" L : 39 3/8" B7101 B7201 B7401 B7501 B7601
25 mm 14 mm L : 1150 mm
1" sq. PR712 9/16" L : 45 1/2" B7104 B7204 B7404 B7504 B7604
30 mm 16 mm L : 1150 mm
1³/₁₆" sq. PR716 5/8" L : 45 1/2" B7106 B7206 B7406 - B7606
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
RAILINGS
Shown:
1167/3
1167/4
1167/1
1167/2
CAGES ON BAR KNOTTED BARS
Tubular
Baluster
134/G/3 70/D/1 GD23/1 GD25/1 1090/3 1090/4 5-392 5-393 5-157 9-234
1/2" sq. 9/16" sq. 9/16" sq. 9/16" sq. 1/2" sq. 1/2" sq. 1/2" sq. 1/2" sq. 3/4" sq. 1" sq.
35-7/16" H 35-7/16" H 4-23/32" W 4-23/32" W 39-3/8" H 39-3/8" H 35-7/16" H 35-7/16" H 47-1/4" H 51-3/16" H
39-3/8" H 39-3/8" H
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Shown: 5-207
IRON & STEEL
RAILINGS
DESIGN 46/1
<
<
<
<
<
<
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
3" 3"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
180mm
7 1/16”
A
A : 650 mm
B4001 A : 25 9/16” 1051/4 1050/3 511/1 103/2 5-203 6-242
A : 650 mm
B4004 A : 25 9/16” 1/2" x 1/4" 9/16" sq. 1/2" sq. 1/2" sq. 3-7/8" W x 9/16" sq.
A : 700 mm 5-29/32" W x 10-7/16" W x 4-15/16" W x 6-1/2" W x 39-3/8" H 9-7/16" W x
B4006 A : 27 9/16” 15-3/4" H 28-3/8" H 35-7/16" H 33-3/8" H matl. size 39-3/8" H
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE . 5/8" x 5/16"
T: 800.784.7444 ✛ T: 908.757.2323 ✛ F: 908.757.3439
AISALES@ARCHIRONDESIGN.COM ✛ ARCHIRONDESIGN.COM 79
REGENCY RAILINGS TUSCANY PANELS U.S. PATENT #5,820,111
U.S. PATENT #6,059,269
OR LANDING LANDING
RAILINGS
30 3/4"
42"
42"
42"
32 3/4"
32"
32"
38"
38"
34 1/2"
38"
10" 10" 10"
10" 10"
TOP VIEW FLAT TOP VIEW FLAT TOP VIEW FLAT TOP VIEW FLAT TOP VIEW FLAT
TUS A-1 TUS B-1 TUS C-1 TUS D-1 TUS E-1 TUS Term-FLAT
42"
42"
30 3/4"
42"
32 3/4"
34 1/2"
32"
32"
38"
38"
TOP VIEW TOP VIEW TOP VIEW TOP VIEW TOP VIEW TOP VIEW
TUS A-2 TUS B-2 TUS C-2 TUS D-2 TUS E-2 TUS Term-LT
For all radius For all radius For all radius For all radius For all radius Right side view
from 28 inches to from 28 inches to from 30 inches to from 30 inches to from 30 inches to 4-1/2" radius
20 feet 20 feet 20 feet 20 feet 20 feet
42"
42"
30 3/4"
32 3/4"
42"
34 1/2"
32"
38"
32"
38"
TUS A-3 TUS B-3 TUS C-3 TUS D-3 TUS E-3 TUS Term-RT
For all radius For all radius For all radius For all radius For all radius Left side view
from 28 inches to from 28 inches to from 30 inches to from 30 inches to from 30 inches to 4-1/2" radius
20 feet 20 feet 20 feet 20 feet 20 feet
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
37 1/8"
30"
1/2"
10"
30°ANGLE
4"
A B A B A B
3"
36"
33"
1/2"
10"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Rebecca panels are 1/2" round and side bars are 5/8" round.
PIECE A PIECE B PIECE C
FITS LEVEL FITS ANGLES 23-39° FITS ANGLES 40-52°
BALCONY OR
IRON & STEEL
STRAIGHT RAIL
RAILINGS
42"
48 1/2"
29 3/4"
37 3/4"
42"
59"
36 1/2"
29 3/4"
44"
51"
14 1/2"
14 1/2" 14 1/2" 14 1/2"
TOP VIEW
TOP VIEW FLAT TOP VIEW FLAT TOP VIEW FLAT
42"
48 1/2"
29 3/4"
37 3/4"
42"
59"
29 3/4"
36 1/2"
51"
44"
14 1/2"
14 1/2" 14 1/2"
14 1/2" TOP VIEW
TOP VIEW TOP VIEW TOP VIEW
59"
29 3/4"
51"
36 1/2"
44"
14 1/2" 14 1/2"
14 1/2"
37 5/8"
30"
35°ANGLE
3" WOODEN HANDRAIL
30" BALUSTER SPACE
4" VERTICAL STRINGER
4"
WILL CLEAR
4" CODE
Rebecca©
A A A
3"
39 1/2"
36 1/2"
3 1/4"
14 1/2"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Michelle panels are 1/4" x 1" flat bar and side bars are 3/8" x 1" flat bar.
PIECE A PIECE B PIECE C PIECE D
FITS LEVEL FITS ALL ANGLES FITS ALL ANGLES FITS ALL ANGLES
BALCONY OR UP TO 50° UP TO 46° UP TO 47-50°
IRON & STEEL
STRAIGHT RAIL
RAILINGS
33 1/2"
45"
45"
45"
33 1/2"
32"
42"
35"
12 1/2" 10 1/2" 10 1/2" 10 1/2"
TOP VIEW FLAT TOP VIEW FLAT TOP VIEW FLAT TOP VIEW FLAT
45"
45"
45"
32"
42"
33 1/2"
35"
12 1/2" 10 1/2" 10 1/2" 10 1/2"
45"
45"
32"
42"
33 1/2"
35"
10 1/2" 10 1/2"
12 1/2" 10 1/2"
TOP VIEW TOP VIEW TOP VIEW TOP VIEW
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
RAILINGS
B
37 9/16"
31"
35°ANGLE Michelle©
2 1/4" WOODEN HANDRAIL
31" SPACE BALUSTER
4 " VERTICAL STRINGER 22"
WILL CLEAR
4"
4" CODE
A A A A
3"
36"
33"
25 3/8"
BALCONY WILL CLEAR
3" WOODEN HANDRAIL 4" CODE
33" BALUSTER SPACE
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Windsor I hoops are 5/8" square bar and the center bar of piece C & D is 3/8" round.
Windsor I is sold in sets and includes one hoop, two collars, two fleur de lis,
two threaded rods, and one center medallion.
IRON & STEEL
RAILINGS
Collar
See page
87 for more
examples.
STEEL PIECE A & C STEEL PIECE B & D ALUMINUM PIECE A & C ALUMINUM PIECE B & D
For straight applications WIN A1C-0 WIN B1D-0 WIN A1AC-0 WIN B1AD-0
Fits angles 21° to 27° WIN A1C-24 WIN B1D-24 WIN A1AC-24 WIN B1AD-24
Fits angles 28° to 34° WIN A1C-31 WIN B1D-31 WIN A1AC-31 WIN B1AD-31
Fits angles 35° to 42° WIN A1C-39 WIN B1D-39 WIN A1AC-39 WIN B1AD-39
Fits angles 43° to 49° WIN A1C-46 WIN B1D-46 WIN A1AC-46 WIN B1AD-46
HOOP ONLY
WIN A1 Piece A in Steel
WIN A1A Piece A in Aluminum
WIN B1 Piece B in Steel
WIN B1A Piece B in Aluminum
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Bordeaux panels are 5/8" square and side bars are 3/4" square tube.
PIECE A PIECE B PIECE B PIECE C
FITS LEVEL FITS ALL ANGLES UP FITS ALL ANGLES UP FITS ONLY INCLINE
IRON & STEEL
STRAIGHT RAIL
11 1/4"
30"
35"
42"
31"
42"
42"
42"
30"
12 1/2" 11 1/4" 9 1/2"
TOP VIEW FLAT TOP VIEW FLAT TOP VIEW FLAT TOP VIEW FLAT
11 1/4"
35"
30"
42"
42"
31"
42"
42"
30"
11 1/4"
30"
35"
42"
31"
42"
42"
42"
30"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
1 1/4"(32MM)
42"
SQUARE TUBE
42"
33"
SLIDING COVER HIDES FLANGE
FOR ATTACHING PIECE
4 5/8"
9 1/2" TOP VIEW
TOP VIEW FLAT TOP VIEW FLAT
3/4" (20MM)
SQUARE IRON
28"
42"
1 1/4"(32MM)
SQUARE TUBE
42"
33"
STATIONARY
COLLAR
C
B
B
C
D
B
42"
33"
D
37 7/16"
30"
9 1/2"
37 7/16"
30"
TOP VIEW
30° ANGLE
3" WOODEN HANDRAIL BOC E-3
4"
4" CODE
30" BALUSTER SPACE Bordeaux©
4" CLOSED STRINGER (VERTICAL)
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
WILL CLEAR
F A AA F A
4" CODE
T: 800.784.7444 ✛ T: 908.757.2323 ✛ F: F908.757.3439
89
3"
AISALES@ARCHIRONDESIGN.COM ✛ ARCHIRONDESIGN.COM
MORE PREFABRICATED PANELS OFFERED
Rossi: 1/2" square Victoria: 1/2" x 1/2" square Regency: Panels are 3/8" wide x 1" deep,
side bars are 1" square tube and
D
top/bottom bars are 1/2" square
D
IRON & STEEL
D
RAILINGS
C C
B E
F
D
C
D
B
37 11/16"
30 1/2"
C
C D
4"
37 7/8"
31"
1/2"
37 7/16"
30" C
10 1/2"
5 1/2"
11"
5 1/2"
30°ANGLE 30°ANGLE 29"
3" WOODEN HANDRAIL 2-1/2" WOODEN HANDRAIL
4"
30" BALUSTER SPACE 31" BALUSTER SPACE 30°ANGLE
4"
Firenza: Panels are 13/16"x 3/16" Verona: Panels 1/2" square and Milano: Panels 1/2" square and side bars
and 13/16" x 5/16", side bars are side bars 3/4" square tube 3/4" square tube
13/16" square D B
B
8"
B
6 7/16"
B
C
B B
B
C D
37 7/16"
30"
37 9/16"
21"
33"
37 5/8"
30"
30°ANGLE
5 1/2" 3" WOODEN HANDRAIL
28 1/2" 30" BALUSTER SPACE
4"
4" VERTICAL STRINGER
35°ANGLE
30°ANGLE WILL CLEAR
3" WOODEN HANDRAIL
2"
Geno: 1/2" square Seville: 1/2" square Windsor: II Bar size varies depending
B upon piece either 5/8" square or 3/8"
B
C
round
D
PIECES B & D
B C
B
B
37 7/16"
20 13/16"
30"
37 5/16"
29"
30"
3 3/4"
29"
11"
31"
3 1/2"
12 1/2" 30°ANGLE
30°ANGLE
2-3/4" WOODEN HANDRAIL 3" WOODEN HANDRAIL
30" BALUSTER SPACE
4"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
GD002
GD001
31-7/64" W x 30-5/16" H
31-1/2" W x 33-15/32" H matl. size 1" x 5/16"
matl. size 1" x 5/16"
GD005 GD004
55-21/64" W x 26-3/8" H 30-5/16" W x 40-35/64" H
matl. size 5/8" x 5/16" matl. size 5/8" x 5/16"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
GD007 GD006
28-47/64" W x 30-5/16" H 31-1/2" W x 37-7/16" H
matl. size 5/8" x 5/16" matl. size 5/8" x 5/16"
Shown: GD0012
GD0019 GD0012
25-13/64" W x 37-7/16" H 24-1/64" W x 36-39/64" H
matl. size 5/8" x 5/16" matl. size 5/8" x 5/16"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Shown: GD001
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
1039/1
22-7/16" W x 30" H
9/16" sq.
7-111/S 7-111/D
29-17/32" W x 21-5/8" H 29-17/32" W x 21-5/8" H
matl. sizes 1/2" & 3/8" matl. sizes 1/2" & 3/8"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
14-33
14-36
14-50
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Design 1087/1
7-109/S 7-109/D
19-11/16" W x 34-5/8" H 19-11/16" W x 34-5/8" H
matl. size 1/2" matl. size 1/2"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
14-14
32-11/16" W x 36-5/8" H
matl. sizes 5/16" , 3/8" , 9/16"
14-15
39-3/8" W x 32-11/16" H
matl. sizes 5/16" , 3/8" , 9/16"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
14-19
39-3/8" W x 47-1/4" H
matl. sizes 5/16" , 3/8" , 9/16"
14-20
39-3/8" W x 47-1/4" H
matl. sizes 5/16" , 3/8" , 9/16"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
719/2 QC-19B/08
25-3/16" W x 27-15/16" H Shown: 719/2 16-1/2" W x 21" H
matl. size 5/8" x 5/16" Hammered bar.
Single Sided. Floral element on one side only.
matl. size 1/2" sq.
Center rosette, 116/A/5, is single sided.
40/14
32" W x 17-1/2" H, using 5/8" x 5/16" grooved.
Can be used horizontally or vertically.
Center rosette, 116/A/5, is single sided.
GD0010
92/B/3 26-3/16" W x 56-45/64" H
matl. size 5/8" sq. PRE032
Decorative C-Scroll with leaves
13-3/4" W x 3-3-16" H 40-5/32" W x 20-15/32 H
matl. size 1/2" x 1/4" matl. size 3/8" sq.
Can be used horizontally or
vertically. Center rosette is
double sided.
13-86
20-43/64" W x 3-5/32" H
matl. size 5/8" x 5/16" grooved
GD0011
31-57/64" W x 41-11/32" H
matl. size 5/8" sq.
13-85 1013/1
20-43/64" W x 3-5/32" H 11-5/8" , matl. size 1/2"
matl. size 1/2" A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE . Center rosette is double sided.
Shown: 679/1
679/1
18" x 18", matl. size 1/2"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
534C
7¼" W x 9¼" H
⅞ ends
38-A (SF)
5" W x 10" H
Tapered
ends
Tapered Tapered
ends ends
1"
Grind end solid ends
to bevel
20° pitch
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
9048 7314
18¾" W x 4¼" H 14⅞" W x 3¾" H
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Single
Faced
Curved
Balcony
Railing
2-1/2"
3"
cored hole
for 3/4"
tubing
3/4" tubing
slips through
cored hole
fabricated
for sturdy panels
and easy overlap
installation. to make
(Starter about
tubing does one foot
not come of railing
35° pitch with casting.)
4½"
5" 4¾"
8503 is 8503-XL is
1¼" thick 2¼" thick
Cored for
1" sq.
Bottom
section
9618 (SBO) 9638 (SBO) 9611 (SBO) 9632 (SBO) 9610 (SBO) 8309
12" W x 29" H 11½" W x 26¼" H 11¾" W x 28¾" H 11¾" W x 29" H 9¼" W x 29½" H 7" W x 33¼" H
5" x ¾" sq.
¾" sq. stud stud on the
diagonal
2 panel illustrations
9601 (SF) 9604 9603 9602 696 (SF) 694 (SF) 91 (SF)
6¾" W x 32" H 8¼" W x 27¾" H 8¼" W x 27" H 8⅜" W x 32¼" H 9" W x 31½" H 6¼" W x 28⅜" H 8" W x 27½" H
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
4⅛"
4⅛" 4¼"
4¾"
5" 1" x
1½" H
studs
1" x ¾"
studs
9639 (SBO) 9635 (SBO) 9636 (SBO) 9633 9623 (SBO) 9332 (SBO)
8¾" W x 26¾" H 11" W x 28" H 14½" W x 29" H 6¾" W x 28¼" H 11½" W x 29½" H 12" W x 28" H
⅝"
x 1¼" H
stud
5"
⅝"
x 1¼" H
stud
30° pitch
Top
7¾" W
Botom
9½" W
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
ORNAMENTAL
METALS
ONYX BROWN ONYX GREEN (vert) MALACHITE MOSAIC
TBL54* TBL53* TBL60*
TBL54G TBL53G TBL60G
5-1/4" x 3-3/4" 5-1/4" x 3-3/4" 5-1/4" x 3-3/4"
2-1/8" base 2-1/8" base 2-1/8" base
TBL 53 / TBL 53 G - TBL 54 / TBL 54 G
Noble alliance for these finials. Adorned with their brass bases, semi-precious stones of
“Green Onyx” or “Brown Onyx”.
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
6" x 2¼" 111/16" x 4¾" 91/16" x 8¼" - 2⅜" base 4¾" x 1¼" 6⅜" x 1½" 7½" x 2"
1¾" sq. base 1⅛" base ¾" square base 1¼" square base 1½" square base
ORNAMENTAL
FOT13 TB200 TP54 5104 5105 2-1/2"
METALS
2¾" W x 5⅜" H 3⅛" W x 4¾" H 3¾" W x 5¼" H 5106 5107 3"
113/16" base, with M10 23/16" base,
with M10 threaded hole with M10 threaded 5120 5121 4"
threaded hole hole. Onyx sphere. 5149 5149A 6"
165Z-150 - fits over 6" 8613 - 9⁄16" H, 11 Ga. plug fits in 1½" sq.
12-100-3 - fits over 3¼" PLASTIC PLUGS PC20 - For 7/8" tube
12-100-2 - fits over 4" PC25 - For 1" tube
PC30 - For 1-3/16" tube
12-100 - fits over 6" PC40 - For 1-1/2" tube
PC50 - For 2" tube
PC100 - For 4" tube
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
2" W x 5⅜" H 1⅞" W x 4" H 2⅛" W x 4" H 3½" W x 5¼" H 3⅜" W x 5¼" H 2½" W x 4⅝" H 3¼" W x 5" H
METALS
ORNAMENTAL
3" W x 7¼" H 1¹/₁₆" W x 4⅛" H 2⅛" W x 4¾" H 1⅛" W x 4⅝" H 3½" W x 6" H 3¼" W x 5" H 2¼" W x 5" H
METALS
853-H 7009 8111 8858 656-HS 8832-H
3" W x 5½" H 2¾" W x 5¾" H 1¼" W x 4½" H 3" W x 5" H 3⅜" W x 5⅜" H 3" W x 5" H
fits over
¾"
fits over
1"
HOLLOW
HOLLOW 4" base fits
fits over flat or over
1¾" 2½"
ORNAMENTAL
METALS
7-BALL 660-XL 9514 7-A 9 8-URN 657-X
1¼" W x 2½" H 2⅜" W x 5¼" H 1½" W x 4" H 15/₁₆" W x 2½" H 2" W x 3¾" H 1⅝" W x 4" H 2¼" W x 3½" H
solid 1" sq. base solid 1⅛" base solid 1¼" sq. base solid 1¼" sq. base solid 1½" base solid 1½" base solid 1¾" base
20° pitch
1-7/8" x 2" 2-3/16" x 1-7/16" base 7/8" x 1-9/16" 1-7/8" x 2" 2-1/2" x 1-7/16" 3-1/8" x 1-15/16"
undrilled for 3/4" or 9/16" sq. for 1/2" and for 5/8" and for 1/2" for 5/8"
for 1" or 3/4" sq. 5/8" 3/4" for 3/4"
Decorative steel sleeves. Supplied
with set screw. SUITABLE FOR HOT CAST IRON
DIP GALVANIZING. FOM116 FOM216
3/4" x 1-1/4" 7/8" x 1-1/4"
EG833
for 5/8" for 5/8"
11-13/16" high
for 1-3/16"
Ø 2 5/16”
Ø 2 5/16”
EG743
FOM716 FOM516 FOM416 FOM816
9-5/8" high
5-5/16" x 1-3/8" 2-3/4" x 1-5/16" 2-3/8" x 1-3/16" 4-1/2" x 1-1/4"
for 1-3/16"
for 5/8" for 5/8" for 5/8" for 5/8"
BRASS
ML141- 9/16" ML61- 9/16" ML31- 9/16" ML25- 9/16" ML21- 9/16" ML11- 9/16"
ML142- 5/8" ML62- 5/8" ML32- 5/8" ML26- 5/8" ML22- 5/8" ML12- 5/8"
5-1/2" H 2-3/8" H 1-3/8" H 7/8" H 3/4" H 9/16" H
MLP70
1-3/16"
2-3/4" H
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
ORNAMENTAL
METALS
89/16-16mm
89/16-20mm 8527 ESK 202 CL67 CL42A CL42
1-9/16" x 1-1/2" 1-7/8" x 1-1/8" 7-7/8" x 1-3/8" 5-5/16" x 1-3/4" 5-15/16" x 1-3/4" 7-1/2" x 2-9/16"
for 5/8" & for 1/2" sq. for 1/2" & 5/8" sq. for 1/2" sq. for 5/8" sq. for 7/8" sq.
3/4" sq. bar weld on, no hole
89/21-12mm
1-292 1-292-2 89/21-16mm 89/22 89/23 89/24 89/31
7/8" x 1-9/16" 7/8" x 1-9/16" 5/8" x 1-5/16" 3/4" x 1-1/2" 1" x 1-9/16" 1" x 2" 1" x 2-1/4"
for 1/2" sq. for 5/8" sq. for 1/2" & for 3/4" sq. bar for 1" sq. bar for 1-1/4" sq. bar for 1-1/2" sq. bar
5/8" sq. bar
CAST IRON
7/8" x 1-1/2" 1" x 1-1/4" 2" x 1-1/4" 7/8" x 2-3/8" 5/8" x 1-11/16" 1-1/4" x 2-1/2" 1-7/8" x 1-1/8"
METALS
fits over 1/2" fits over 1/2" fits over 1/2" fits over 1/2" fits over 1/2" fits over 1/2" fits over 1/2"
FITS OVER 9/16" SQUARE FITS OVER 5/8" SQUARE FITS OVER 3/4" SQUARE
FITS OVER 1" SQUARE FITS IN 1" SQUARE FITS OVER 1-1/4" SQUARE
ORNAMENTAL
1" x 5" 2-1/2" x 7-1/8" 5-1/2" x 6-1/8" 1-17/32" x 1-9/16" 1-11/16" x 1-3/4" 1-13/16" x 2"
METALS
fits over 2" fits over 2-1/2" fits over 4" fits over 1/2" fits over 9/16" fits over 5/8"
ALUMINUM CAST IRON WITH METALLIC ZINC SPRAY
Ø11 Ø11
7/16" 7/16"
ORNAMENTAL
METALS
Ø6 , 5m m Ø6 , 5m m Ø6 , 5m m Ø7m m
Ø1/4" Ø1/4" Ø1/4" Ø1/4"
5m m
8m m
8m m
6 m m
6 m m
6 m m
RF 100
RF 40
RF 60
RF 80
RF 70
RF 50
8 mm 8 mm 6 mm 6 mm 6 mm 5 mm
-
-
-
-
3/16
5/16
5/16
5/16" 5/16" 1/4" 1/4" 1/4" 3/16"
1/4"
1/4"
1/4"
"
"
"
SIMSHOE
THE FIRST AND ONLY PLASTIC SPLIT-COVER STYLE SHOE!
While traditional cover shoes must be on the post
before the baseplate is welded to it, Simshoe™ allows
you to put your shoes on last.
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
ORNAMENTAL
CSL825 CSL614- 9/16" sq. CSL52- 9/16" sq.
METALS
3-3/8" sq. CSL616- 5/8" sq. CSL54- 5/8" sq.
fits over 1" CSL620- 3/4" sq. CSL53- 3/4" sq.
2-3/8" sq. 2-1/16"
Canopy Flange
4-1/2" diameter, 18 gauge. Cover has clearance for 3/8" bolt
Snap-On Cover Flange Base
heads. This canopy flange drops into place. Use epoxy or silicone
4-3/8" diameter base has four clear mounting holes for 3/8" bolts.
to affix to heavy duty weld flange..
PIPE COVER 3003 TYPE 304
PIPE COVER 3003 TYPE 304 SIZE OD DIAM. THICK. STEEL ALUMINUM STAINLESS
SIZE OD DIAM. HT. STEEL ALUMINUM STAINLESS
1-1/4" 1.66" 4-3/8" .25" 2065B 2066B 2067B*
1-1/4" 1.66" 4-1/2" 1" 2065 2066 2067
1-1/2" 1.90" 4-3/8" .25" 2075B 2076B 2077B*
1-1/2" 1.90" 4-1/2" 1" 2075 2076 2077 * Thickness = .188".
8529-NR
1-1/8" x 2-3/4"
fits over 9/16" FOC16Z FOC72Z
2-3/8" 1-3/16" x 2-3/4"
fits over 5/8" fits over 1"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
500 Wall Flange 510 Wall Flange 530 Wall Flange 511/531 Cut Flange
ITEM # TUBING D H ITEM # TUBING D H ITEM # TUBING D H ITEM # TUBING D W
00-500/1 1" 2" 7/8" 00-510/1-1/2 1-1/2" 3" 1-1/4" 00-530/2 2" 4" 1-1/4" 00-511/1-1/2 1-1/2" 3" 2"
ORNAMENTAL
00-531/2 2" 4" 2-1/2"
METALS
515/535 Angle Flange 532 Floor Flange 512 Floor Flange 533 Adjustable Flange
ITEM # TUBING D CP ITEM # TUBING D H ITEM # TUBING D H ITEM # TUBING D H
00-515/1-1/2 1-1/2" 3" 2-1/8" 00-532/2 2" 5" 1-3/8" 00-512/1-1/2 1-1/2" 4" 1-1/4" 00-533/2 2" 4" 2-9/16"
00-535/2 2" 4" 2-1/8"
510 Wall Flange 530 Wall Flange 532 Floor Flange 511/531 Cut Flange
ITEM # TUBING D H ITEM # TUBING D H ITEM # TUBING D H ITEM # TUBING D W
40-510/1-1/2 40-530/2 40-532/2 2" 5" 1-3/8" 40-511/1-1/2
1-1/2" 3" 1-1/4" 2" 4" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 3" 2"
44-510/1-1/2 44-530/2 44-532/2 44-511/1-1/2
40-531/2
2" 4" 2-1/2"
44-531/2
540 Canopy 541 Steel Flange 545 Floor Socket w/Cap 544 Floor Socket w/Cap
ITEM # TUBING D-1 H-1 ITEM # TUBING D-2 H-2 ITEM # TUBING D H ITEM # TUBING D H
49-540/1-1/2 1-1/2" 4" 1-1/4" 20-541/1-1/2 1-1/2" 3-1/2" 1-3/8" 40-545/2 40-544/2
2" 4-7/8" 4-1/2" 2" 2-3/4" 4-1/2"
49-540/2 2" 5" 1-1/2" 20-541/2 2" 4-1/2" 1-1/2" 44-545/2 44-544/2
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
TRADITION
ca. 2000mm - ca. 78”
14 mm E: 14.5mm
9/16" E: 9/16" T201 125mm 125mm
20x15 mm E: 14.5mm 4 15/16” 4 15/16”
3/4x9/16" E: 9/16" T202
20x15 mm E: 16.5mm
3/4x9/16" E: 5/8" T206
1 2 3 4 5 15
ORNAMENTAL
E
METALS
RUSTIQUE
14 mm E: 14.5mm ca. 2000mm - ca. 78”
9/16" E: 9/16" TM201
125mm 125mm
20x15 mm E: 14.5mm
3/4x9/16" E: 9/16" TM202 4 15/16” 4 15/16”
20x15 mm E: 16.5mm
3/4x9/16" E: 5/8" TM206
1 2 3 4 5 15
80mm
3 1/8”
20 x 15mm impossible. off.
3/4” x 9/16”
Sold in packs of 10. Sold in packs of 10.
8 mm L : 70 mm
VSU70 M10 VH108
50mm
5/16” L : 3”
2”
80mm
3 1/8”
AK241
This lug, must be sealed in
the wall before using with
cross bars above.
20 x 15mm
3/4” x 9/16”
150mm
20mm
6”
3/4”
AK240
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
ORNAMENTAL
METALS
75/5 75/6 94/B/5 94/B/6 77/21
4-1/2" 3-1/2" 4-5/32" 4-17/32" 3-1/8"
1/4" thick 1/4" thick 5/32" thick 5/32" thick 5/32" thick
TR005 (BRONZE WITH TEMPORARY TR005P (BRONZE WITH PATINA FINISH) TR005-ST (STEEL)
CLEAR COAT FINISH)
Dynamic Louis XV Style Rosette 4½" O.D. with contoured open edges and center
floral boss. Substantial rosette at approximately 2 lbs each.
TR003 (BRONZE WITH TEMPORARY TR003P (BRONZE WITH PATINA FINISH) TR003-ST (STEEL)
CLEAR COAT FINISH)
“Acanthus” Rosette 4½" O.D. body approximately ⅜" thick, raised ribs radiating
from the central cupped pistil of berries. A substantial rosette at approximately 2 lbs. each.
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Small Gothic “Dynamic” Rosette 2½" round with “ogee” molded edge.
½" thick at central high point. Stylized deep relief.
ORNAMENTAL
METALS
TR001 (BRONZE WITH TEMPORARY TR001P (BRONZE WITH PATINA FINISH) TR001-ST (STEEL)
CLEAR COAT FINISH)
Beautiful Oval Sunflower Rosette 3½" x 2¼" x ½" thick
TR002 (BRONZE WITH TEMPORARY TR002P (BRONZE WITH PATINA FINISH) TR002-ST (STEEL)
CLEAR COAT FINISH)
“Tudor Rose” Rosette which has a versatile design element dating back
to the medieval period. Approximately 3" in diameter, ⅜" thick.
TR006 (BRONZE WITH TEMPORARY TR006P (BRONZE WITH PATINA FINISH) TR006-ST (STEEL)
CLEAR COAT FINISH)
“Dynamic Louis XV” Style Rosette same as TR003 but in 3" outside diameter with contoured
open edges and center floral boss.
TR007 (BRONZE WITH TEMPORARY TR007P (BRONZE WITH PATINA FINISH) TR007-ST (STEEL)
CLEAR COAT FINISH)
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
RL 9 RL 7 RL 75
RL 9 G RL 7 G RL 75 G
3-3/8" 2-13/16" 3"
ALUMINUM CAST BRONZE
MDC05.022 MDC05.093
1-3/8" 1-1/2"
1454/5 1448/5 681-AL
CAST IRON
4-1/8" 3-1/2" 4"
ORNAMENTAL
681 (SF) 681-DF 9051 (SF) 9051-DF 9052 (SF) 9052-DF
METALS
4" 4" 1⅞" 1⅞" 2½" 2½"
PAIR ONLY
(2 make full-bodied
rosette, or fit 1/4" rod)
QUATREFOIL
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
ORNAMENTAL
METALS
65/1 65/2 65/4 65/5
2-1/2" W x 4" H 3-1/4" W X 5-3/8" H 4-3/4" W X 8-3/8" H 7" W X 10-3/4" H
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
69/88 69/89
2-3/4" W x 3-9/16" H
69/90 69/91
4-5/16" W x 5-1/2" H
ORNAMENTAL
METALS
8-1/4" W x 7-7/8" H x 1/4" thick
4-3/4" W x 2-3/8” W x 3-1/4" W x
69/125 5-11/16" H 4-3/8” H 6-3/4" H
5/8" thick 1/8” thick single sided
7-1/16" W x 7-1/16" W x
5" H
4-3/4" H 4-3/4" H
8-1/4" W x 7-7/8" H x 1/4" thick 1/4" thick
69/126
3-15/16" W x 3-15/16" H x
1/4" thick
69/127
2-3/4" W x 2-3/8" H
1-9/16" W x 4-5/16" H 1/8" thick
76/17 1/8" thick 76/18 76/10 76/11
3-1/4" W x
11-1/2" H
3-15/16" W x 3-15/16" H x 69/87
1/4" thick
6-5/16" W x 6-5/16" W x
69/128 69/97 7-1/2" H 69/98 7-1/2" H
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Stamped
Steel
Leaf
69/137 69/130
2" W x 11" H, 2-3/16" W x 11-13/16" H
Item 7-113/D 1/16" thick 1/8" thick
ORNAMENTAL
METALS
11-136 11-137
2" W x 11" H, 10 gauge 2" W x 11" H, 10 gauge
23-5/8" W x 29-17/32" H,
matl. size 1/2"
11-134 11-133
1-9/16" W x 6-5/16" H, 10 gauge 1-9/16" W x 6-5/16" H, 10 gauge
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
FORGED FORGED
‘VINE’ BAR WOOD
Available GRAIN BAR
5-1/2" wide, in: 1/4" Available in:
5-1/4" high, 5/16" 3/8" ,
1/16" thick 3/8"
1/2" ,
1/2"
ORNAMENTAL
3/4" 3/4"
1" 1"
1-1/4" 1-1/4"
Sold in 10 Sold in 10 ft.
1-3/8" wide,
ft. lengths. lengths.
70/11 70/12 3-1/4" high,
1/16" thick 69/4 70/14
Approx. 2-3/8" Approx. 1-1/2"
dia. rose, dia. rose, 76/29
6-1/2" long 6-1/2" long
Embossed Leaf
1-1/2” W x 3” H
10496
ORNAMENTAL
METALS
Approx. size of Approx. size of Approx. size of
cluster 7-3/32" wide cluster 7-3/32" wide cluster 2-11/64" wide
10-5/8" high 7-3/32" high 5-45/64" high DESIGN
1014/1
11-370 11-372 11-382
WINE RACK
CAST STEEL GRAPE LEAVES STAMPED GRAPE LEAVES
Approx.
Available in 3/8" , 1/2" , 5/8" , 3/4" , 1-3/16" wide x
Approx. 11-1/2" long. 6" high
1" or 1-1/4" Forged from
1/4" , Approx. Forged from
Sold in 10 ft. lengths. 8" long 1/4" bar. 3/16" bar.
70/14 73/13 73/2 3-116
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
1-395-1 1-9/16"
1-395-2 2"
1-395-4 2-3/4"
1-395-6 3-15/16"
1-395-8 5-15/16"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
ORNAMENTAL
METALS
1/2" SQ. STEEL TUBE 1/2" STEEL TUBE
88/33 3" , in 1/2" x 1/2"
88/34 3-1/2" , in 1/2" x 1/2"
ALUMINUM CIRCLES
88/33-AL - 3"
88/34-AL - 3-1/2"
88/5-AL - 4" 88/22 1/2" x 1/4" x 3-15/16" 88/23 5/8" x 1/4" x 3-15/16" 88/24 3/4" x 1/4" x 3-15/16"
Rolled 1/2" sq. 88/13 1/2" x 1/4" x 4-3/4" 88/9 5/8" x 1/4" x 4-3/4" 88/10 3/4" x 1/4" x 4-3/4"
1443/1
3-15/16" W x 7-1/2" H,
in 9/16" sq.
OV131 1/2" x 1/4" OV111 1/2" x 1/4" 3-11 1/2" x 1/4"
OV132 9/16" x 1/4" OV112 9/16" x 1/4" 3-11-2 5/8" x 1/4"
OV133 3/4" x 1/4" OV114 5/8" x 5/16" 3-11-3 3/4" x 1/4"
OV134 5/8" x 5/16"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
ROUND
CAGE
15/17 15/1 15/3 15/4 15/2 15/6 3-126
2-3/4" x 1/2" sq. end 5/8" sq. end 3/4" sq. end 3/4" sq. end 1" sq. end 1-1/4" sq. end
ORNAMENTAL
MDC05.136
13-1/2" W x 7/8" H
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
ORNAMENTAL
METALS
3" high 4" high 6" high 8" high 10" high 12" high
SIZE
1/4" thick 1/4" thick 1/4" thick 1/4" thick 1/4" thick 1/4" thick
Order Code 98/5 98/1 98/7 98/8 98/9 98/10
C
D1: 1/2"
L
D1: 5/8"
D2: 3/8"
D2
Once way security screw, heat This is a security lock screw once the
DECORATIVE ANGLE threaded (5/16" x 3"). hexagonal head has been broken off.
Mild steel Unscrewing will be impossible.
decorative angle
to be welded.
L
SUITABLE
80mm
3 1/8”
FOR HOT DIP L
B GALVANIZING.
B : 30 mm L : 55 mm
B : 1 3/16” L : 2 1/8” AD30
Sold in packs of 10.
B : 40 mm L : 65 mm Sold in packs of 10.
B : 1 9/16” L : 2 9/16” AD40 8 mm L : 70 mm
VSU70
5/16” L : 3” M10 VH108
STEEL CONNECTOR
75mm
2 15/16” GALVANIZED STEEL LOAFER RAIL / ANTI-THEFT RACK
RAC20 Sold in 10' lengths
1/16"
(2mm)
(19mm)
47mm
1 7/8”
3/4"
20x12mm
3/4 x 1/12”
(33mm)
1-1/4"
(3mm)
1 3/8”
CHA10
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
WRK7
Painted & patinated wine rack.
Holds 18 bottles of wine.
27" w x 39" h x 8" d
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
ORNAMENTAL
AFH003
METALS
3-1/4" wide x 24" high
14" center to center
of leaves
4-1/2" deep
AFH004
3" wide x 24-1/2" high
20-1/2" center to center
of leaves
4-3/4" deep AFH002
AFH001 7" wide x 39" high
24" center to center
1" wide x 26" high of handle
18-1/2" center to center 5-1/2" deep
for mounting bolts
Bolt is 4" long
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
3-3/8" wide x 13" high 2-3/8" wide x 14-11/16" high 3" wide x 14" high
10" center to center for 15-5/8" center to center for 10-3/8" center to center
ORNAMENTAL
SEP8
17-64
27½" w x 10¼" h
COAT/HAT RACK
17-61-1
26" w x 4" h x 3¼" d
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
ORNAMENTAL
METALS
17-119
12½" w x 12¼" h
17-62
9½" w x 20½" h
17-120
HAND FORGED HOOKS 9" w x 11¹³/₁₆" h
CANDLE HOLDER
17-69
4¾" w x 6" h
17-72
2¾" w x 5⅛" h
17-105
Candle not
included. 8¼" w x 2³/₁₆" h
BOTTLE OPENERS
ca.205mm
ca.280mm
SUITABLE FOR WELDING AND
ca. 8 1/16"
11"
GALVANIZING
ORNAMENTAL
METALS
ca. 325mm
ca. 12 3/4"
ca.140mm
ca.5 1/2" FDF75
ca.260mm
ca.10"
FDF76
ca. 215mm
ca. 8 1/2"
ca. 260mm
ca. 10"
ca. 325mm
ca. 12 3/4"
FDF27
ca. 215mm
ca. 8 1/2"
FDF23
ca. 135mm
" 5/16
ca. 5
ca. 415mm
ca. 16 5/16"
ca. 235mm FDF40
ca. 9 1/4"
FDF24
ca. 130mm
ca. 5 1/8"
ca. 124mm
ca. 4 7/8"
ca. 380mm
ca. 15"
ca. 225mm
ca. 8 7/8"
315mm
12 1/2"
ca. 174mm
ca. 6 7/8"
FDF18
215mm - 6 1/2”
215mm - 6 1/2”
215mm - 6 1/2”
14 x 6mm 14 x 6mm 14 x 6mm
x 1/4”
9/16 x 1/4”
9/16 x 1/4”
9/16
ORNAMENTAL
FAC75 16 x 8mm
FAC22 " x 5/16"
5/8
520mm
20 1/2"
440mm
17 5/16"
16 x 8mm
" x 5/16"
5/8
750mm 300mm
29 1/2" 11 13/16"
16 x 8mm 16 x 8mm
"x 5/16"
5/8
FAC23 5/8 " x 5/16"
FAC40
420mm
380mm
16 1/2"
15"
15
500mm 380mm
19 11/16" 15"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
ORNAMENTAL
METALS
8501 626 (SF) 8656
19" W x 19" H 21¾" W x 16¾" H 24¾" W x 22¼" H
½" Thick
BRACKETS
635
6921 67-A
20" W x 20" H
14½" W x 22½" H 17½" W x 8½" H
66 66-S
9140
12" W x 8" H 13" W x 6½" H
20½" W x 9" H
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
1347 1348
31½" W x 4¼" H 31½" W x 5" H
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
ORNAMENTAL
5¾" W x 4¾" H 8¼" W x 6½" H 4" W x 4" H 5¼" W x 4" H
METALS
19 32 34 35 39 60-X
7¾" W x 15¼" H 8¾" W x 16¾" H 8¼" W x 10¼" H 8¼" W x 15½" H 8" W x 15½" H 8¼" W x 15½" H
31-XL 31 95 35-B
8½" W x 10¼" H 8¼" W x 11¾" H 7" W x 14½" H 8" W x 16⅛" H
ORNAMENTAL
METALS
618-A (SF) 617 (SF) 619 (SBO) 7510 (SF)
21" W x 21" H 22¼" 17½" 15"
9958
15-1/2" H
9957
21" H
9956
ORNAMENTAL
24" H
METALS
9955
28" H
9930-L
15" H
9941-L
22" H
TOP - 1-1/4" Sq.
9931-L
9942-L FOOT - 1" Sq.
22-1/4" H
TOP - 90° triangular 27" H
9932-L
inset slot which accepts
28-1/4" H TOP - 1-1/4" Sq. beveled 3/4" H x 1-1/4" W x 3/4" D
FOOT - 1" Sq. FOOT - 1-1/8" Sq. pad
Use as leg, under-glass design, etc.
6-3/4"
6-1/4"
7516
18" W x 14-1/4" H
1-1/2" thick
24"
5-1/2"
9970
9965 9966 9967 26-1/4" H
28" H 21" H 14-1/4" H 4-3/4" W 9477
5" W x 15-3/8" H
3/4" thick, 2" x 1-1/4" base
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
ORNAMENTAL
21½" W x 21½" H 14" W x 14" H 15¾" W x 15¼" H 14" W x 14" H
METALS
70 74-X 74-A
18" W x 9½" H 18¼" W x 18¼" H 16" W x 16" H
73
26¼" W x 5½" H
8370
72
18¾" W x 11¾" H
23¼" W x 19½" H
79
19" W x 2¾" H
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
74 8301 76 76-S
8½" W x 14½" H 8" W x 20¼" H 7¾" W x 16¾" H 7¾" W x 11¾" H
rose vine Fits over 1/2" sq. Fits over 1/2" sq.
ORNAMENTAL
METALS
17¼" W x 17¼" H 16" W x 16" H 14" W x 14" H 12¾" W x 12¾" H
17" 9½"
Casting is separated
as indicated. Joint
overlaps for simple,
perfect welded fit.
21 20 28 201
26½" W x 26½" H 21½" W x 21½" H 21" W x 21" H 4" W x7¾" H
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
9027
28" W x 4½" H
29-A
9020
17½" W x 4½" H
21" W x 5" H
ORNAMENTAL
METALS
24
20¼" W x 2½" H
27-A
23" W x 4¼" H
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
ORNAMENTAL
16" W x 9½" H 15½" W x 12" H 15½" W x 15½" H 16¼" W x 16¼" H
METALS
101 9010 15
7" W x 4½" H 10" W x 3½" H 17" W x 4" H
14
8" W x 8" H
Casting is separated
as indicated. Joint 15-A
overlaps for simple, perfect
ORNAMENTAL
18
31" W x 21¼" H
15-X
21½" W x 4¼" H
14-XL
20"
10 9018
20¼" W x 20¼" H 27½" W x 6" H
BIRD OF PARADISE
16" 12½"
Casting is separated
as indicated. Joint
overlaps for simple, 9066
perfect welded fit. 80-A
23" W x 8¼" H
80 24¼" W x 12" H
28½" W x 21½" H
80-C 60
80-B 9065
ORNAMENTAL
15½" W x 15½" H 17" W x 17" H
METALS
20½" W x 20½" H 16" W x 16" H
9067
22¼" W x 10½" H
80-F 62-X
21½" W x 5" H 23" W x 6" H
62-XL 62
30½" W x 3½" H 15½" W x 3¼" H
852
17¾" W x 14¼" H
ORNAMENTAL
METALS
852-XS
12½" W x 7¼" H
59
29" W x 10¾" H
56
16¼" W x 17" H
58
23" W x 20¼" H
52 54 55
9½" 9½" W x 28½" H 6½" W x 31½" H
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
96-D (SBO)
19½" W x 4¾" H
ORNAMENTAL
METALS
21¼" W x 21¼" H 30" W x 10¼" H
40 41
17¼" W x 9½" H 17½" W x 8" H
40-A
16" W x 16" H 47
21" W x 21" H
Corner
rosette
44 42 46 45-A 45 43
6¼" W x 31½" H 7" W x 16½" H 7¼" W x 6¼" H 7½" W x 26¼" H 8¼" W x 19" H 8" W x 18½" H
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
98-B
14" W x 14" H
6027 97
17¾" W x 17¾" H 14" W x 13" H
ORNAMENTAL
METALS
98-C
16" W x 16" H
9095 9055 61
22½" W x 22½" H 17" W x 17¼" H 16½" W x 16½" H
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
MEDALLION MODERN
94-A
10" W x 18½" H
ORNAMENTAL
METALS
38-B
17" W x 17" H
TULIP
644
9" W x 23½" H
2 panel illustration
CATHEDRAL
695
674 12¾" W x 25¼" H
2 panel illustration
21¼" W x 21" H 675-C WEDDING RING
14½"
150-F
18½" W x 4" H
150-B
675-XL 675 150
15¼" W x 14½" H
11¾" W x 27¾" H 8" W x 22" H 7¼" W x 19¼" H
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
50 9018
18" W x 17½" H 27½" W x 6" H
FORGED STEEL TOP SCROLLS
116/D/1 1281/4
5013/32" W x 1723/32" H 30" W x 10¼" H
matl. size ¾" x ¼" matl. size ⅝" x ⁵/₁₆"
270mm
10 5/8’’
ORNAMENTAL
METALS
ca.1275mm
ca.50 1/4’’
QC-904 QC-903
29-1/2" W x 9" H, matl. size 3/4" x 1/4" 31-1/2" W x 9" H, matl. size 3/4" x 1/4"
QC-905 13-87
43" W x 12" H, matl. size 3/4" x 1/4" 39-3/8" W x 12-19/32" H, matl. size 5/8" sq.
GTP17 GD003
34-1/6" W x 12-3/16" H, matl. size 1/2" x 1/4" 28-11/32" W x 23-3/64" H, matl. size 5/8" x 5/16"
696/1 GTP25
36-1/4" W x 11-1/32" H, matl. size 5/8" x 5/16" 35-1/4" W x 9-7/8" H, matl. size 1/2" x 1/4"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
94/1
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
ORNAMENTAL
METALS
Korinna Estate Gate 18-2 (please specify width when ordering) Korinna Pedestrian Gate 18-2-1
Width: 11'5" Height: 5'7" at side Height: 7'6" at center Width: 47" Height: 5'7" at side
Width: 13' Height: 5'7" at side Height: 7'6" at center Height: 6'8" at center
Verona Estate Gate 18-3 (please specify width when ordering) Verona Pedestrian Gate 18-3-1
Width: 11'5" Height: 5'4" at side Height: 6'4" at center Width: 44" Height: 5'4" at side
Width: 12'3" Height: 5'4" at side Height: 6'4" at center Height: 5'8" at center
Width: 13' Height: 5'4" at side Height: 6'4" at center
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Genoa Estate Gate 18-6 (please specify width when ordering) Genoa Pedestrian Gate 18-6-1
Width: 11'5" Height: 5'7" at side Height: 8'4" at center Width: 44" Height: 5'7" at side
Width: 12'3" Height: 5'7" at side Height: 8'4" at center Height: 6'5" at center
Width: 13' Height: 5'7" at side Height: 8'4" at center
Trieste Estate Gate 18-15 (please specify width when ordering) Trieste Pedestrian Gate 18-15-1
Width: 11'5" Height: 5'5" at side Height: 7' at center Width: 44" Height: 5'5" at side
Width: 12'3" Height: 5'5" at side Height: 7' at center Height: 6' at center
Width: 13' Height: 5'5" at side Height: 7' at center
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
ORNAMENTAL
METALS
Flora Estate Gate 18-16 (please specify width when ordering) Flora Pedestrian Gate 18-16-1
Width: 11'5" Height: 6'4" at side Height: 8' at center Width: 44" Height: 6'4" at side
Width: 12'3" Height: 6'4" at side Height: 8' at center Height: 6'9" at center
Centaur Estate Gate 18-21 (please specify width when ordering) Centaur Pedestrian Gate 18-21-1
Width: 11'5" Height: 5'5" at side Height: 7' at center Width: 44" Height: 5'5"
Width: 12'3" Height: 5'5" at side Height: 7' at center
Width: 13' Height: 5'5" at side Height: 7' at center
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
72-7/16"
84-7/16"
7 pieces
5 pieces
1 piece 1 piece
12"
Part to be grounded
into concrete
Part to be grounded
12"
12"
into concrete
16-21
Adjustable hot dip galvanized frame for typical
swing gates– Item 16-23
60-13/16"
48-13/16"
84-7/8"
Features:
• Round 4-3/4" columns with a thickness of 1/8"
• Adjustable frame width from 9'10" to 13'
• The side columns can be cut according to the height of the gate
8-1/4'
to allow for the placement of the side hinges (items 12-83 or 12-87)
12"
• For use with granite columns above
Part to be grounded
12"
into concrete
Part to be grounded
into concrete
5-1/2"
16-22
12"
118-1/8"
ORNAMENTAL
13-68-1
METALS
COMPONENTS USED
FOR WALKWAY GATE:
13-65
9-23-8
10-43-4
2-377
2-378-1
13-67
13-67 13-68-1
40-5/32" W x 8-21/32" H 72-53/64" W x 40-5/32" H A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
13-57/S 13-57/D
78-3/4" W x 39-3/4" H 78-47/64" W x 39-49/64" H
matl. sizes 5/8" sq., 5/8" x 3/8",
1-3/8"
K–Corner Bend
H–Bevel Lamb’s Tongue
KK–Channel Corner Bend
May also be used as a wall return - by trimming Y E–Square Terminal
one leg - or combine two for a 180° turn.
Y
Y H1248E-AL
H1248K-AL H1248KK-AL H1248H-AL X=3¼" Y=1¾"
X=5¼" Y=5¼" X=5" Y=5" X=5¼" Y=3½" H1252E-AL
X H1252H-AL X
X H1252K-AL H1252KK-AL X=3¼" Y=2"
X=5¾" Y=5½" X=5½" Y=5¼" X=5¼" Y=3¾" H1244E-AL
H1244K-AL H1244KK-AL H1244H-AL X=3½" Y=2¼"
X=6" Y=6½" X=6" Y=6" X=5½" Y=4"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
ALUMINUM
RAILINGS
Sold in 20 foot lengths Sold in 20 foot lengths
H7431
1871/1 2-9/16" wide
3/4" sq. 1-13/16" high
1871/2 Alloy 6063-T6
1" sq. 1/8" thick
1871/4
1-9/16" sq.
1374/15/AL
2" sq. (only available
in 10' lengths) 1/4" 1-5/16"
1-5/8"
118/A/1/AL 772/3
1/2" sq. 9/16" x 5/32"
10' Long sq. matl.
10' Long
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
ELBOWS
These elbows are precision mandrel bent parts - without seams - except as noted with an *.
PIPE WALL PIPE SIZE TUBE OD ALUMINUM PIPE SIZE TUBE OD A ALUMINUM
SIZE OD THICKNESS ALUMINUM 1-1/4" 1.66" 806* 1-1/4" 1.66" 1-9/16" 842*
1-1/4" 1.66" .140" 4444 1-1/2" 1.90" 824* 1-1/2" 1.90" 1-11/16" 843*
1-1/2" 1.90" .145" 4474 ALLOY: Aluminum: 3003 ALLOY: Aluminum: 3003
ALLOYS: Aluminum: 3003 Seamed Elbows, 6063 Pipe Elbows
PIPE
180° Elbow with
t
Two 2" Tangents
2" inside radius, trimmed Aluminum Pipe
PIPE WALL Alloy 6063, 20' Lengths,
SIZE OD THICKNESS ALUMINUM Mill Finish OD
ALUMINUM
Internal Sleeve
May be used with Aluminum or
Stainless Steel. Ribbed outer surface.
PIPE EXTRUDED
Wedge-Lock Welding Connectors for Pipe and SIZE SCH. TUBE OD TUBE ID LENGTH ALUMINUM
Round Tubing 1-1/4" 40 1.66" 1.38" 4" IR70E-7
PIPE TUBE 1-1/2" 40 1.90" 1.62" 5" SA517
SIZE SCH. OD WALL ALUMINUM
1-1/4" 40 1.66" .140" 1024
1-1/2" 40 1.90" .145" 1034
FLANGES END CAPS
See page 42 for dimensions.
ALUMINUM
RAILINGS
150206AL-1½ 150206AL-1 151605AL-1½ 151605AL-1 151612AL-1½ 151612AL-1
1-1/2" sq. 1" sq. 1-1/2" sq. 1" sq. 1-1/2" sq. 1" sq.
39-1/2" H 35-1/2" H 39-1/2" H 35-1/2" H 39-1/2" H 35-1/2" H
Tubular Post Tubular Baluster Tubular Post Tubular Baluster Tubular Post Tubular Baluster
151618AL-1
Shown: 151612AL-1
1" sq., 35-1/2" H
Tubular Baluster
151618AL-1½ 1-1/4"
35" H
1-1/2" sq., 39-1/2" H Round End
Tubular Post Tubular
Baluster
CB-AL-1¼
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
ALUMINUM
RAILINGS
Aluminum base
shoe for item 2156
2156 2156-SHOE
1-1/2" sq. 1-1/2" sq.
52" H 3-5/8" W x 1-3/4" H
Marine Grade
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
ALUMINUM
RAILINGS
B4000-AL B4001-AL
Shown: B4001-AL
1/2" sq. matl. 1/2" sq. matl.
5-7/8" W x 39-1/2" H 7-1/16" W x 39-3/8" H
BALCONY BALUSTERS TWISTED BAR
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
ALUMINUM
RAILINGS
60/4/ALL GD58/3/ALL 1869/10 1090/3/ALL 768/9 768/7
9/16 sq. matl. 1/2" sq. matl. 9/16" sq. matl. 1/2" sq. matl. 9/16" sq. matl. 9/16" sq. matl.
4-3/4" W x 39-1/2" H 4-3/4" W x 39-1/2" H 39-1/2" H 3-9/16" W x 39-1/2" H 8-1/4" W x 39-1/2" H 4-5/16" W x 39-1/2" H
WINDSOR PANELS
SEE
Windsor I hoops are 5/8" square bar and the center bar of piece C & D is 3/8" round. PAGE
87 FOR
DESIGNS
Windsor I is sold in sets and includes one hoop, two collars, two fleur de lis,
two threaded rods, and one center medallion.
PIECE A PIECE C PIECE B PIECE D
IS SUPPLIED WITH A USE WITH PIECE A IS SUPPLIED WITH A USE WITH PIECE B
STRAIGHT OR ANGLED STRAIGHT OR ANGLED
COLLAR. PLEASE COLLAR. PLEASE
CHOOSE ITEM FOR YOUR CHOOSE ITEM FOR YOUR
APPLICATION. APPLICATION.
ALUMINUM
RAILINGS
WIN A1AC-0 For straight applications WIN B1AD-0 For straight applications
WIN A1AC-24 Fits angles 21° to 27° WIN B1AD-24 Fits angles 21° to 27°
WIN A1AC-31 Fits angles 28° to 34° WIN B1AD-31 Fits angles 28° to 34°
WIN A1AC-39 Fits angles 35° to 42° WIN B1AD-39 Fits angles 35° to 42°
WIN A1AC-46 Fits angles 43° to 49° WIN B1AD-46 Fits angles 43° to 49°
WIN A1A Piece A only WIN B1A Piece B only
SPVA1
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
ALUMINUM
Floral element on one side only.
RAILINGS
1435/2
3/4" X 1/4" matl.
43-5/16" W x 16-17/32" H
Shown: 1043/2/ALL
LEAVES
1/8" thick
60-445
116/A/3/A 771/3 1454/6
5" H x 22-3/4" W
3-3/4" 2-9/16" 4-15/16"
60-L1
ALUMINUM
RAILINGS
4-1/2" H x 27-1/4" W
1454/5 681-AL 1448/5
4-1/8" 4" 3-1/2"
FINIALS
Part no. Fits over Size
60-M11
AL649 1/2" sq. 2" W x 3-7/8" H
4" H x 30-7/8" W AL649H 5/8" sq. 2" W x 3-7/8" H
AL649YO 3/4" sq. 2-3/4" W x 5" H
FINIALS
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
1443/7
ALUMINUM
88/2-AL
4" , in 1/2" x 1/4"
ALUMINUM
RAILINGS
MR-1-1/4" for 1-1/4" 3-1/8" sq. base
MR-1-1/2" for 1-1/2" 3-1/4" sq. base 3" sq. base 5/8" H 10 Ga.
MR-2" for 2" 4" sq. base 8086 - 2" Cover Plate
4" sq. base 13/16" H 7 Ga. 245A-58 for 5/8” sq. bar
MR-2-1/2" for 2-1/2" 5" sq. base
245A-34 for 3/4” sq. bar
245A-1 for 1” sq. bar
AM-1-1/4" for 1-1/4" 3" sq. base 16 Ga. 245A-114 for 1-1/4” sq. bar
245A-112 for 1-1/2” sq. bar
AM-1-1/2" for 1-1/2" 3" sq. base 16 Ga.
245A-158 for 1-5/8” sq. bar
AM-2" for 2" 4" sq. base 16 Ga.
245A-2 for 2” sq. bar
AM-2-1/2" for 2-1/2" 5" sq. base 16 Ga. 245A-212 for 2-1/2” sq. bar
245A-3 for 3” sq. bar
245A-312 for 3-1/2” sq. bar
245A-4 for 4” sq. bar
BASE PLATE
POST CAPS
AL2P Pressed Aluminum Post Cap
For 2" Sq. 2-1/4" W x 3/4" H
TUBE
AL212P SIZE ITEM
For 2-1/2" Sq. 2-3/4" W x 1-1/8" H 3/4" 5175
1" 5152
AL3P 1-1/4" 5163
For 3" Sq. 3-1/4" W x 1-1/8" H 1-1/2" 5158
AL4P 2" 5101
For 4" Sq. 4-1/4" W x 1-1/2" H 2-1/2" 5105
3" 5107
4" 5121
THREADED
Select a preferred end cap style to cover, protect,
TERMINAL and finish each end. End caps sold separately; see
(STAINLESS)
accessories section.
CABLE RAILING
STAINLESS &
CABLE
(STAINLESS)
FLAT WASHER
(NYLON)
Assembly shown
is for metal
applications.
CABLE RAILING
STAINLESS &
Easy-to-install, prefabricated cable assemblies are an attractive, budget-friendly,
and low-maintenance alternative to commonly used metal and wood picket infill. Assemblies use high-strength, weather-tough type 316
stainless steel cable and come in a wide range of standard lengths that can be quickly trimmed to size in the field. Each assembly includes
special, easy-to-use Threaded Terminal and Quick-Connect®SS end fittings that remain concealed in your end posts. The result: an extremely
durable, virtually invisible railing infill that leaves the view open and unimpaired.
CHECK THE A D VA N TA G E S
1 0 Y E A R WA R R A N T Y
o Attractive, affordable, and very low o Simple, fast, do-it-yourself installation using
Feeney, Inc. warrants that all CableRail
maintenance. prefabricated assemblies. stainless steel cable and connectors shall be
o Invisible appearance will not impair views. o Special easy-to-use fittings are hidden in the free from defects in material and workmanship
under normal use, conditions, installation,
end posts.
o Made from strong and weather-tough type 316 and maintenance in accordance with product
stainless steel cable. o Made from over 70% recycled materials. specifications for ten years from date of
purchase. The complete text of this warranty is
o Can be used on new or existing wood or metal o Versatile uses: railings, trellises, fences, available upon request.
railing frames. exterior, interior, residential, commercial.
• Our most popular and cost effective 5' 6205-pkg 5' 6305-pkg
cable option
10' 6210-pkg 10' 6310-pkg
• Perfect for all residential and light 15' 6215-pkg 15' 6315-pkg
commercial projects 20' 6220-pkg 20' 6320-pkg
• Can be installed on wood or metal 25' 6225-pkg 25' 6325-pkg
frames 30' 6230-pkg 30' 6330-pkg
35' 6235-pkg 35' 6335-pkg
40' 6240-pkg 40' 6340-pkg
45' 6245-pkg 45' 6345-pkg
50' 6250-pkg 50' 6350-pkg
55' 6255-pkg 55' 6355-pkg
60' 6260-pkg 60' 6360-pkg
65' 6265-pkg 65' 6365-pkg
70' 6270-pkg 70' 6370-pkg
*With 4¼" terminal for metal posts *With 7½" terminal for wood posts
• Extra durable option for commercial and 5' 6705-pkg 5' 6805-pkg
CABLE RAILING
STAINLESS &
residential settings
10' 6710-pkg 10' 6810-pkg
• Can be installed on wood or metal frames 15' 6715-pkg 15' 6815-pkg
20' 6720-pkg 20' 6820-pkg
25' 6725-pkg 25' 6825-pkg
30' 6730-pkg 30' 6830-pkg
35' 6735-pkg 35' 6835-pkg
40' 6740-pkg 40' 6840-pkg
45' 6745-pkg 45' 6845-pkg
50' 6750-pkg 50' 6850-pkg
55' 6755-pkg 55' 6855-pkg
60' 6760-pkg 60' 6860-pkg
65' 6765-pkg 65' 6865-pkg
70' 6770-pkg 70' 6870-pkg
*With 4¼" terminal for metal posts *With 7½" terminal for wood posts
CABLE RAILING
QUICK-CONNECT ® RELEASE TOOL
STAINLESS &
3792-pkg For 1/4" Threaded Terminal (3/4"OD x 3/8"ID)
Sold Individually For temporarily releasing the jaws of the Quick-Connect®SS fitting to
3798 For 1/4" Quick-Connect®SS (3/4" OD x 9/16" ID) remove or adjust the position. Reusable.
Sold 1 per package.
3128-pkg For 1/8" Quick-Connect®
RUBBER GROMMET FOR 1/8" CABLE
3158-pkg For 3/16" Quick-Connect®
For eliminating direct contact of dissimilar metals
to minimize electrolysis when attaching cables and
fittings to metal posts in areas with salt air or similar
harsh elements
For 1/8" Cable
3213 1/4" OD x 3/16" groove, 7/16" flange
ISOLATION BUSHINGS
For eliminating direct contact of dissimilar
metals to minimize electrolysis when attaching
cables and fittings to metal posts in areas with
salt air or similar harsh elements.
Part # Used On Size Hole Ø
For 1/8" Cable
1100 1/8" Quick-Connect®SS 3/8" ID x 15/32" OD, 11/16" flange 15/32"
1101 1/8" Cable 3/16" ID x 1/4" OD, 3/8" flange 1/4"
1102 1/8" Threaded Terminal 1/4" ID x 5/16" OD, 1/2" flange 5/16"
For 3/16" Cable
1103 3/16" Quick-Connect®SS 35/64" ID x 5/8" OD, 55/64" flange 5/8"
1102 3/16" Cable 1/4" ID x 5/16" OD, 1/2" flange 5/16"
1100 3/16" Threaded Terminal 3/8" ID x 15/32" OD, 11/16" flange 15/32"
For 1/4" Cable
1103 1/4" Quick-Connect®SS 35/64" ID x 5/8" OD, 55/64" flange 5/8"
1104 1/4" Cable 9/32" ID x 23/64" OD, 19/32" flange 23/64"
1105 1/4" Threaded Terminal 7/16" ID x 17/32" OD, 3/4" flange 17/32"
CABLE RAILING
STAINLESS &
36" ROUND POSTS FOR FASCIA MOUNT
49-36-W-SM-A-AS 1/8" Cable Fascia Anchor Post
49-36-W-SM-R-AS 1/8" Cable Fascia Receiver Post
49-36-W-MD-A-AS 3/16" Cable Fascia Anchor Post
49-36-W-MD-R-AS 3/16" Cable Fascia Receiver Post
49-36-W-B-C-AS Cable Fascia Center Post
49-36-W-B-S-AS Cable Fascia Stair Center Post
Cable
CABLE RAILING
Maximum Post Spacing: Intermediate Double Corner Posts: Always consult with your
Space all posts and vertical Posts: If possible use double corner posts to allow the cable local building department
spacers (see following page) Size all intermediate to run continuously through the corners without before starting your project.
a maximum of 3 feet apart to posts as required for terminating (see corner post option on following page).
minimize any deflection that cap rail support Securely bolt or screw posts to joists or deck surface
may occur if the cables are ever strength or for code. and use minimum corner post sizes noted above.
forced apart.
C A B L E A S S E M B LY C A R E & M A I N T E N A N C E
The protective chromium oxide film on the surface of stainless steel
gives it superior corrosion resistance. Properly maintained stainless steel
provides excellent luster, strength, and durability. In most applications
stainless steel will not rust or stain even after many years of service, but it
is NOT rust or stain proof. When stainless comes in contact with chloride
salts, sulfides, or other rusting metals, it can discolor or even rust and
corrode. With proper care and maintenance, however, stainless steel can
remain beautiful and functional for years to come.
• Clean stainless with soap and warm water. Never clean with mineral
acids or bleaches.
• Never use coarse abrasives like sandpaper or steel wool on stainless.
Use synthetic Scotch pads instead.
• Never leave stainless in contact with iron, steel, or other metals.
This can cause rust spots or corrosion.
• Always remove stains or rust spots as soon as possible with either soap
and water or a brass, silver, stainless, or chrome cleaner.
• Periodically inspect cable assemblies for proper tension and re-tension
as necessary. This is important.
Mark drill hole locations Drill holes in posts. Hole If using Isolation Insert the Threaded Lace the free end of
on posts. diameter depends on Bushings or Grommets Terminal through the the cable through the
cable size and type of (optional), insert them Terminal end post and intermediate posts and
To minimize cable
fitting. See chart below. into their corresponding attach a flat washer Quick-Connect®SS end
deflection, space
post holes. and Snug-Grip® post. Slide-on a flat
cables no more than
Quick-Connect Post
washer and Quick-
Intermediate Posts
3 inches apart and have Note: If using Isolation the nut 2 full turns.
a post or vertical spacer Bushings, call for special Connect®SS fitting until
Strong resistance will they rest against the
at least every 3 feet. drill hole sizes.
Cable Size
CABLE RAILING
STAINLESS &
Quick-Connect®SS drill to Quick-Connect®SS
countersink the fitting. fittings.
6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10
Hold the Tighten Snug-Grip® Saw off the excess Use cable cutters or Snap on end caps
Quick-Connect®SS Washer-Nuts until you threads as close to cut-off disk to trim the over the exposed
fitting with one can’t flex the cables the Snug-Grip® excess cable. Grind Quick-Connect®SS
hand and pull the more than 4 inches apart Washer-Nut as flush the exposed fittings and the
cable tight with the using your thumb and possible. Touch-up cable ends with an Snug-Grip® Washer-
other. The fitting fingers on one hand. See with electric grinder. electric grinder. Nuts. You’re done.
automatically locks diagram to the left for The special Snug-Grip®
SteelRenewal™ &
when you release tensioning sequence. threads prevent the nut
SteelProtect™ can
the cable. from loosening.
Important Note: If using be used to clean
electric or pneumatic and provide lasting
tools to tighten the protection of stainless
Washer Nuts, spin the steel cable and parts.
nuts very slowly otherwise
they will heat-up causing
the threads to seize.
11
9
11 11
9 9
7 Cables can terminate or run through corner posts
7 5
7
3
5 5
1
3 3
2 Terminating
1 1
2 4
2
6
4 4
8
6 6
10
8 8
12
10 10 Continuous
12 12 Recommended
cable tensioning
sequence
Offset drill holes at least 1/2" if you choose to have cable terminating at a single pipe post.
4X6 WOOD
CHECKLIST
3-1/2’’ wide, 5-1/2’’ thick
Space cables no more than 3
inches apart
The Basic Frame Design Space posts/verticals no
Spacing From Walls: more than 3 feet apart
Set end posts 3 to 4 inches away from the Cap Rail: Cable
Observe minimum end/corner
house/wall face to allow access for attaching Always include a strong, rigid Spacing:
post sizes shown above
cable end fittings. cap rail that is securely Maximum 3
fastened to all posts. Cap size inches apart. Securely fasten all posts and
End Posts: is based on load strength needs cap rails
and local code requirements. Wood Blocking
Use minimum end post sizes noted above,
Set railing height per
(WOOD FRAMES ONLY): Carefully plan all termination
and securely bolt or screw to joists or deck Underneath the cap
local code. and corner posts for proper
surface. rail attach minimum clearance, positioning, and
1"x 4" wood blocking maximum cable run lengths
between posts to pro-
Straight runs of cable (no
CABLE RAILING
MAX. 3 FEET
Foot rails should be spaced no When terminating on a single corner post, be sure to offset the drill holes at least
more than 4 inches above the 1/2" to allow internal clearance for the cable fittings. Use minimum end post
deck surface, or as required by sizes noted above and securely bolt or screw to joists or deck surface.
local code, and should be sized
as needed for support strength
and design appearance.
Mark drill hole locations Drill holes in posts. Hole Insert Protector Sleeves Insert the Threaded Lace the free end of
on posts. diameter depends on at necessary locations. Terminal through the the cable through the
cable size and type of Tap in until flush. Terminal end post and intermediate posts and
To minimize cable
fitting. See chart below. attach a flat washer Quick-Connect®SS end
deflection, space
Protector Sleeves and Snug-Grip® post. Slide-on a flat
cables no more than
Threaded Term. Post
CABLE RAILING
countersink the fitting. angled holes. Available for Threaded Terminal and
STAINLESS &
Quick-Connect®SS fittings. Always install the Quick-
Connect®SS fittings in the top stair post to prevent rain
water from running down the cable into the fittings.
6 7 8 9 10
6 7 8 9 10
Hold the Tension the cables by Use hacksaw, Use cable cutters Snap on end caps
Quick-Connect®SS holding the Threaded reciprocating saw, or or electric grinder with over the exposed
fitting with one Terminal shaft with Vise- electric grinder with cut-off disk to trim the Quick-Connect®SS
hand and pull the Grip pliers and spinning cut-off disk to saw off excess cable. Grind fittings and the
cable tight with the the Snug-Grip® Washer- the excess threads as flush the exposed cable Snug-Grip® Washer-
other. The fitting Nuts with a wrench. A close to the Snug-Grip® ends with an electric Nuts. You’re done.
automatically locks Feeney Tension Gauge Washer-Nut as possible. grinder.
SteelRenewal™ &
when you release may be used to check Touch-up with electric
SteelProtect™ can
the cable. uniform tension. grinder. The special
be used to clean
Snug-Grip® threads
and provide lasting
prevent the nut from
protection of stainless
Recommended loosening.
steel cable and parts.
cable tensioning Important Note: If using electric or pneumatic tools to tighten the Washer Nuts,
sequence spin the nuts very slowly otherwise they will heat-up causing the threads to seize.
Y + 7⅞"
Y measurement
2¾" is taken from
center of holes
Stainless Steel Newel Post Stainless Steel Newel Post Stainless Steel Newel Post
Satin finish, with grain 240, Satin finish, with grain 240, Satin finish, with grain 240,
complete with round bar supports, complete with fixed handrail complete with 4 glass clamps
mounting plate and flange canopy. support for corners, round bar with 90° angles, mounting plate
CABLE RAILING
supports for corners, mounting and flange canopy.
STAINLESS &
Post has nine bar holders and bar is
plate and flange canopy.
1/2" diameter. For 3/8" - 1/2" glass.
Post has nine bar holders and bar These newel posts are equipped
Y: 4" H: 39-3/8"
is 1/2" diameter. with glass clamps E21404200
AISI 304 AISI 316
H Y
H H Y: 4" H: 39-3/8"
EM2421209 EM4421209 Y: 25-3/16" H: 39-3/8"
AISI 304 AISI 316
AISI 304 AISI 316
EM242120990 EM442120990 EP24204P EP44204P
Y Y
8½"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
15"
LEFT RIGHT
Stainless Steel Newel Post Stainless Steel Newel Post Stainless Steel Newel Post
STAINLESS &
Satin finish, with grain 240, Satin finish, with grain 240, Satin finish, with grain 240,
complete with welded flange. complete with round bar supports complete with 2 glass clamps
AISI 304 AISI 316 H
and anchor plate. and anchor plate.
E0032 E0032316 39-3/8" Post has nine bar holders and bar For 3/8" - 1/2" glass.
is These newel posts are equipped
1/2" diameter. with glass clamps E21500000
H Y: 4" H: 39-3/8" H
H Y Y: 28-3/16" H: 39-3/8"
AISI 304 AISI 316
AISI 304 AISI 316
EQ2401209 EQ4401209 EQ24002P EQ44002P
* Base plate is
4" 3-15/16" x 2-3/8"
7 3/32"
Stainless Steel Newel Post Stainless Steel Newel Post Stainless Steel Newel Post
Satin finish, with grain 240, Satin finish, with grain 240, Satin finish, with grain size 240,
complete with 4 glass clamps, complete with 4 glass clamps and complete with wall mounting
mounting plate and wall mounting plate. plate.
mounting plate. For 3/8" - 1/2" glass. H: 47-1/4"
For 3/8" - 1/2" glass. These newel posts are equipped AISI 304 AISI 316
These newel posts are equipped with glass clamps E21500000 E00350 E00350316
Y with glass clamps E21500000 H
H H Y: 28-3/16" H: 39-3/8"
Y
Y: 28-3/16" H: 39-3/8" AISI 304 AISI 316
AISI 304 EQ24204P90 EQ44204P90
EQ24204P
AISI 316
EQ44204P
7 3/32"
7 3/32"
2¾"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Stainless Steel Tubing 1-2/3" x 5/64" Stainless Steel 1/2" Round Bar
ITEM # AISI LENGTH ITEM # AISI
E001 304 9'10" LENGTH
E001/6000 304 19'8" E005 304 9'10"
E4801 316 9'10" E005/6000 304 19'8"
E4801/6000 316 19'8" E4851 316 9'10"
E4851/6000 316 19'8"
C
ØA
ØF
120°
CABLE RAILING
STAINLESS &
H
12
0°
Stainless Steel Flange Canopy Stainless Steel
A: 4-9/64 F: 1-11/16" H: 19/32" Anchorage for Tube
ITEM # AISI ITEM # AISI B C
E020 304 E456 316 3-15/16" 1"
E4072 316
Ø 3 15/16”
ØA
Ø 3 15/16” ØA
ØA
15/64”
C
Ø 7/16
15/64”
Ø 7/16” ØB
Stainless Steel Disc
Stainless Steel Anchorage Stainless Steel Anchorage 3-15/16" x 15/64" -
3-15/16" x 15/64" - 3 Holes 7/16" Adjustable Tube Holder 4 Holes 7/16"
ITEM # AISI ITEM # AISI B C ITEM # AISI
E403 316 E4483 316 3-17/64" 2-23/64" E0213 304
E0213316 316
ØA
ØA
3 5/32”
2 15/16”
1 3/8”
M8 ØA
3 15/16”
Ø 3 15/16”
1/4”
2 3/5”
2 9/16”
3 15/16”
4 29/32”
Ø 3 5/16”
6”
Ø 7/1
”
Ø 7/16
2 3/5”
Stainless Steel Anchorage Stainless Steel Lateral Anchorage Stainless Steel Tube Curved Elbow
3-15/16" x 15/64" 4-15/16" x 5/16" 3-5/16"
ITEM # AISI ITEM # AISI ITEM # AISI
E400/304 304 E111 304 E4566 316
E111316 316
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
HANDRAIL SUPPORTS
1 1/16” 2 17/32”
Ø 1/2” Ø 1/2”
H
H
13/32”
13/32”
ØA ØA
2 1/2” 2 3/4”
/3”
12
”-
1/3
Ø1 /3”
2 1/2”
12
”-
1/3
Ø1 2 19/32”
2/3”
ØB Ø1
2 9/32”
ØB
2 9/32”
3 7/32”
Ø 1/2”
1/2”
ØA
ØA
Stainless Steel Handrail Support Stainless Steel Handrail Support Stainless Steel Handrail Support
2-9/32" x 3/4" , Pivotable 2-9/32" x 3/4" , Rigid for Lateral Fastening, Stiff
ITEM # AISI HANDRAIL ITEM # AISI HANDRAIL ITEM # AISI HANDRAIL
E0104 303 1-2/3" tube E0102 303 1-2/3" tube E4583/424 316 1-2/3" tube
E0104316 316 1-2/3" tube E0102316 316 1-2/3" tube E4583 316 Flat
2 7/8”
1/4”
2 1/2” 2 3/4”
4
7/16” 1 21/32” 7/16” 42,
2 1/2” 2 7/8” ,7-
Ø 33
7/16” 1 21/32” 7/16” 6
3”
- 1 2/
1/3”
Ø1
Ø 1/4” 2/3” 2 15/16”
3 11/32”
Ø1
Ø1/2”
Ø 1/4”
3 11/32”
Ø 1/2”
Ø 2 3/4”
3 7/32”
Ø 1/2”
Ø 70
1 13/16”
1 13/16”
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
A
B
B
ØA
A
ØA
B
ØA
CABLE RAILING
STAINLESS &
Stainless Steel ØA
Stainless Steel ØA
B
Stainless Steel
3-Way Flush "T" Fitting 4-Way Cross Fitting Articulated Elbow
ITEM # AISI B ITEM # AISI B ITEM # AISI
E453 316 3-7/16" E2045 316 3-7/16" E4471 316
55
/6
A
4"
A
2-5/64"
A
A
55/64"
Stainless Steel
Connector Fitting
ITEM # AISI
E455 316
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
1 3/16”
25/32”
Ø 7/8”
A
Ø
ØB Stainless Steel Hexagon Socket
Stainless Steel Countersunk Flat Head Screw Stainless Steel
Bar Holder with 1/2" Hole with Tread M5 x 1" 1" Sphere with 1/2" Hole
ITEM # AISI A ITEM # AISI ITEM # AISI
E0069 303 1-2/3" E0385 304 E0127 303
E4042 316 1-2/3" E0385316 316 E4308 316
E00692 303 Flat Face *Use one each with
E0069, E4042 or E00692
11/32"
⅛"
H
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Rounded End Cap Rounded End Cap Semispherical End Cap Flat End Cap Flat End Cap
CABLE RAILING
2 1/2” 1/8”
Ø 1/3”
Ø 1/4”
ØA
1”
E011976 1 13/20”
Ø 1/3”
2 1/2” 1/8”
Ø 1/4”
Ø 1/3”
ØA
1”
90°
Mounting Plates 90 degree Anchorage
1 13/20”
ITEM # AISI A ITEM # AISI FOR TUBE
E01197 304 1-2/3" E011971 304 1-1/3" - 1-2/3"
E01197316 316 1-1/3" - 1-2/3" E011970 304 Flat Face
E011976 304 Flat Face E011971316 316 1-1/3" - 1-2/3"
*Use two each of E0385
27/32”
11/32”
1 1/16”
1/4”
3 1/3”
450
ØA
ØA
Stainless Steel
Round Bar Connector 45 degree Mounting Plate
ITEM # AISI A ITEM # AISI
E00710 303 1/2" E011974 304
E00710316 316 1/2" E011974316 316
*Use two each of E0385
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
HANDRAIL SUPPORTS
1” 2 1/2”
2 3/4” 2 9/16”
1”
1”
”
/16 9/16”
29
3 1/2”
H
Ø 15/32” Ø 15/32”
1 9/16”
2 1/16”
H
9/16”
1 3/16”1 3/16”
2 3/8”
A A A A
Stainless Steel Handrail Support Stainless Steel Handrail Support Stainless Steel Handrail Support,
2-61/64" high, Pivotable 2-61/64" high, Rigid
1 9/16”
Rigid
ITEM # AISI HANDRAIL ITEM # AISI HANDRAIL ITEM # AISI HANDRAIL
E037200 304 1-2/3" tube E037600 304 1-2/3" tube E036300 304 Flat
E037210 316 1-2/3" tube E037610 316 1-2/3" tube E036400 304 1-2/3" tube
E036310 316 Flat
E036410 316 1-2/3" tube
1” 1” 2 9/16”
”
/16 2 3/4” 2 9/16” 2 3/4” 2 9/16”
29
1” 7/8” 1 5/8”
CABLE RAILING
9/16”
STAINLESS &
9/16”
2 1/16”
H
9/16” 9/16”
3 1/2”
3 9/16”
3”
1 9/16”
1 9/16”
Stainless Steel Handrail Support Stainless Steel Handrail Support Stainless Steel Handrail Support,
2-61/64" high, Pivotable 2-61/64" high, Rigid Pivotable
ITEM # AISI HANDRAIL ITEM # AISI HANDRAIL ITEM # AISI HANDRAIL
E037700 304 Flat E037300 304 Flat E036500 304 Flat
E037800 304 1-2/3" tube E037400 304 1-2/3" tube E036600 304 1-2/3" tube
E037710 316 Flat E037310 316 Flat E036510 316 Flat
E037810 3161” 1-2/3" 2 9/16”
tube E037410 316 1-2/3" tube E036610 316 1-2/3" tube
9/16”
H
1 9/16”
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Wengè Handrail
Wengè is a large, straight tree of Central and
Unpainted Handrail Beech Handrail West Africa, valued for its hard dark wood
ITEM # ITEM # ITEM #
E690/G Wooden handrail 6'5" long E690 Wooden handrail 6'5" long E692 Wooden handrail 6'5" long
E690/3000/G Wooden handrail 10' long E690/3000 Wooden handrail 10' long E692/3000 Wooden handrail 10' long
ACCESSORIES
/32"
2-23
2-3/4"
1/2"
9/16"
1"
2"
CABLE RAILING
1"
STAINLESS &
2"
" 3-1 2"
/2 /2" -1
/
3-1 3 1-7/8"
90° Curved Connector 90° Angle Connector Articulated Connector Pivotable Connector
ITEM # AISI Dia. ITEM # AISI Dia. ITEM # AISI Dia. ITEM # AISI Dia.
E600 304 1-25/32" E601 304 1-25/32" E604 304 1-25/32" E605 304 1-25/32"
1-3/8" 1-5/32"
3-3/4"
Pivotable Connector Wall Flange Rounded End Cap Flat End Cap
ITEM # AISI ITEM # AISI Hole Dia. ITEM # AISI Dia. ITEM # AISI Dia.
E6070 303 E6080 304 1-3/4" E4260 304 1-25/32" E4265 304 1-25/32"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
PRE-ASSEMBLED HANDRAIL
INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES
CABLE RAILING
STAINLESS &
Drilling Template Plastic Support Drill Gauge
ITEM # MATERIAL DESCRIPTION ITEM # MATERIAL DESCRIPTION ITEM # MATERIAL DESCRIPTION
E600/D1 Steel Drilling template for E600/T Plastic Plastic supports E600/D Aluminum Drill-gauge
radial holes in for end caps and for wooden
wooden handrails fittings (screw included) handrails
1-3/4" dia.
E600/D
E600/T
E4265
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
4⅛"
63
Stainless Steel Square Tubing Stainless Steel Flange Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
1-9/16" x 1-9/16" x 5/64" with 1-39/64" Sq. Hole Anchorage Lateral Anchorage
ITEM # AISI LENGTH ITEM # AISI Height ITEM # AISI ITEM # AISI A
E00204040 304 9’10” E02052316 316 19/32" E4701 316 E11440 304 Flat face
E06204040 304 19’8”
E10204040 316 9’10”
E16204040 316 19’8”
A B
A
CABLE RAILING
STAINLESS &
A
°
B
90
90
°
B
A B A B
A B
A
A
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
2 17/32”
INOX RAILING SYSTEM - GLASS CLAMPS
Ø 1 23/32
Ø13/16”
AISI 303/304: Use for interior applications | AISI316: Use for exterior applications | All items in Satin stainless #4 finish
GLASS CLAMPS
S 3 1/32”
Ø 1 1/3
” - 1 2/3
” S Ø 33,
7 - 42
,4
Fi l e t t o M6
Ø 3/4”
2 17/32”
Ø 12
80
Ø 1 23/32
Ø 44
Ø 21
Ø13/16”
Ø 20
90
80
For glass thickness 5/16" - 1" For glass thickness 5/16" - 7/8"
Ø 44
Ø 21
Ø 20
Glass to be drilled at 55/64" 90
Glass
S Hto be drilled at 55/64"
S H
S H
S H H
S S H
D
D
CABLE RAILING
D
M10 x 5 1/8”
STAINLESS &
D
D
D
D
S H
S H S H
S H
D
D
D
M10 x 5 1/8”
D
M10 x 5 1/8”
D
Wall mount glass clamp Wall mount glass clamp M10 x 5 1/8”
ITEM # AISI H DIAMETER (D) GLASS THICKNESS (S) ITEM # AISI H DIAMETER (D) GLASS THICKNESS (S)
E40910 316 1-9/16" 2" 5/16" – 11/16" E40940 316 3/8" 2" 5/16" – 11/16"
E40911 316 2" 2" 5/16" – 11/16"
153
30 A
Ø 40
GLASS
GLASSCLAMPS
CLAMPS
A T T
A
T T
5/8”
5/8”
Ø C
Ø
C
Stainless Steel Glass Clamp Stainless Steel Glass Clamp
ITEM # AISI AxBxC FOR TUBE ITEM # AISI AxBxC FOR TUBE
E21400000 316 1¾" x 231/64" x 13/16" Flat surface E21500000 316 211/64" x 211/64" x 19/16" Flat surface
E21404200 316 1¾" x 231/64" x 13/16" 1-2/3" E21504200 316 211/64" x 211/64" x 19/16" 1-2/3"
Rubber Gaskets for Laminated Glass Rubber Gaskets for Laminated Glass
ITEM # MOD NR. SET NR PER SET GLASS THICKNESS ITEM # MOD NR. SET NR PER SET GLASS THICKNESS
R1411 14 4 2 pcs. 3/8" R1544 15 4 2 pcs. 3/8"
R1413 14 4 2 pcs. 1/2" R1513 15 4 2 pcs. 1/2"
CABLE RAILING
STAINLESS &
7⅞" 3 15
/16"
Spider Glass Clamp, for use Spider Glass Clamp, for use
with 11/32" – 1/2" thick glass with 11/32" – 1/2" thick glass
ITEM # AISI ITEM # AISI
E00880 304 E00881 304
E00880316 316 E00881316 316
Spider Adapters
ITEM # AISI FOR TUBE
E00882316 316 1-2/3"
E00883316 316 Flat face
+ =
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
1 7 /8"
1 5/8"
1 /4" Dia.
5
1 1/4 "
/8" OD Nylon Spacer
Glass Mount Handrail Bracket
CABLE RAILING
STAINLESS &
Glass Mount Handrail Bracket SATIN
FITS AISI GLASS STAINLESS
SATIN
A GLASS STAINLESS 1-1/4" Pipe 304 5/16"-11/16" 13.0117.038.12
2-1/2" 1/2" GB3270 1-1/2" OD Round Tubing
3-1/4" 1/2" GB3370 1-1/2" Pipe 304 5/16"-11/16" 13.0117.050.12
2-1/2" 3/4" GB3277 2" OD Round Tubing
3-1/4" 3/4" GB3377
LB-00201
Loctite Metal Adhesive, 1.10 oz
A strong structural adhesive for joining metal
components. Originally designed to work
specifically with brass components, this
adhesive provides a cohesive bond within
minutes. When working with stainless steel,
expect a longer cure-time, anywhere from a
Glass Mount Handrail Bracket for Square Tube few hours to overnight. If a faster cure-time is
SATIN desired, use the Loctite 7649 Primer to bond
AISI GLASS STAINLESS stainless steel components in minutes. Loctite
304 5/16"-11/16" 13.0117.000.12 Metal Adhesive will simplify your project
assembly while achieving a professional look.
LB-00202
Lavi Metal Polish
For use with mirror-finished surfaces. Developed especially for high-shine or polished finishes.
Lavi Metal Polish instantly removes years of residue, rust, tarnish and oxidation from all polished-finish metals. Lavi
Metal Polish applies a superstrong anti-tarnish corrosion inhibitor and imparts a long-lasting protective shine to
all your metal surfaces. While it works on all metals, it is best-suited for a high-shine or polished finish. This polish is
designed to remove scratches and may alter the appearance of a satin-finished or brushed metal product.
• Use on polished brass and polished stainless steel • Anti-tarnish protection
• Easy, just wipe-on & wipe-off • Fresh lavender scent
• Cleans, polishes and protects
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
LED lights.
The POST
LED SYSTEM
integrates a
low voltage
LED to any
railing within
this guide.
For indoor and
outdoor use.
CABLE RAILING
STAINLESS &
ELED0130 7-1/2" X 1-3/16" X 25/32" 200-240VAC 0.3 A +24V 18W - Runs up to 13'
50/60HZ .75 A
GLASS
LED STRIP
CLAMPS
ITEM #
1 3/16” 9/16”
ELED0001
Revolutionary LED Strip:
• Totally waterproof underwater
3/8”
ELED0100 - ELED0110
A
ELED0120 - ELED0130
B ELED0002 D
C ELED0004
D ELED0003
E ELED0005
C
Use a clamp to apply pressure from
above and below the connectors to
join the strips of LEDs
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
C
Sold in 19'8" lengths.
the LED strips. 1-3/16" long. of 10 pieces with screws. item ELED0013. 6'6-3/4" long. Dimension: 19/32" - 1/16"
STAINLESS &
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
11 13/16”
1b For a more secure fixing you can use the M3 screws
directly anchored to the slotted handrail. It is
recommended that a pre-drilled hole be made
before using the M3 screw.
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
H
complete with welded flange.
13/32”
AISI 304 AISI 316 H
15/64”
Ø 7/16
E0042 E0042316 39-3/8" ØA
ØA
ØF
TUBING
Ø 1/2”
H
Stainless Steel Tubing Stainless Steel
13/32”
1-2/3" x 5/64" ØA Flange Canopy
ITEM # AISI LENGTH
Rigid Support Bracket A: 4-9/64 F: 1-11/16" H: 19/32"
E001 304 9'10" for Round Tubing ITEM # AISI
E001/6000 304 19'8" ITEM # AISI HANDRAIL E020 304
CABLE RAILING
STAINLESS &
E4801 316 9'10" E031/S1 303 1-2/3" tube E4072 316
E4801/6000 316 19'8" E031/S1316 316 1-2/3" tube
CONNECTORS
2 5/8” 1 3/8” 1 11/16”
Ø1
1 3/8” 1 11/16” 1 11
1 3/16” 1 3/16” /16”
7/8”
1/4” 1 3/8
”
6”
Ø 1 11/16”
Ø 1 11/16”
11/1
Ø 1 7/8”
”
1 3/8
/16”
Ø1
1 11
Ø 1 11/16”
1” 13/16” 1” 2 3/4”
Ø 1 11/16”
Ø 1 1/2”
1” 1 3/4” 2”
3 1/8”
Stainless Steel
Connector Connector Connector Fitting Corner Bracket Ø 1 11/16”
ITEM # AISI ITEM # AISI ITEM # AISI ITEM # AISI FOR TUBE
E1200120 316 E1200130 316 E455 316 E1400200 304 1-2/3" x 1/16"
Use with E001 or E4801 E1400100 316 1-2/3" x 1/16"
To join the slotted tube to a To join the slotted tube to
normal tube 1-2/3" item E450
55
/6
4"
A
A
3 1/8”
2”
2-5/64"
A
A
Ø 1 11/16”
55/64"
2”
3 1/8”
Ø 1 11/16”
11 ELED0150 3-38V
Ø
DIMENSION .35 A
3-2/3" X 1-17/32" X 3/4"
POWER 14W
INPUT MIN 4 LED
Cylindric Shaped LED Light, 1-2/3" dia. 200-240VAC 0.12 A MAX 12 LED
ITEM # AISI FOR TUBE POWER 50/60HZ
ELED1000 316 1-2/3" x 5/64" 1W
15/16” 2 1/2”
2 1/2” 15/16”
Ho l e s f o r 1 11/16”
1 5/8”
7/16” 7/16” s c r e w s M5
Ø 1/4”
2 15/16”
Ø 1/2”
5 7/16”
Ø 2 3/4”
Ø 1/2”
2” 2 15/16”
c o u n te rs u n k h o le
f o r s c r e w s t o M8 Ø 1 11/16”
Support Bracket for LED Handrail Support Bracket for LED Handrail
ITEM # AISI ITEM # AISI
CABLE RAILING
1 5/16”
ØA
B
Stainless Steel
Ø 1 11/16”
Cable Lead Anchorage for Handrail End Cap for LED Handrail Flat End Cap
ITEM # AISI ITEM # AISI FOR TUBE B ITEM # AISI FOR TUBE ITEM # AISI
E1100120 316 E2070 316 1-2/3" x 1/16" 1-7/8" E1100200 304 1-2/3" x 1/16" E01151 303
E1100100 316 1-2/3" x 1/16"
To lead the cable to the wall
H X
47 1/4” 33 1/16”
1 2 43 1/4” 30 5/16”
Drill and thread M8. Install the rear anchor 39 1/2” 27 9/16”
using the drilled 35 7/16” 24 25/32”
70°
screw included.
H
31 1/2” 22 1/16”
27 9/16” 19 9/32”
23 5/8” 16 17/32”
19 11/16” 13 25/32”
5 3/4” 11 1/32”
11 13/16” 8 1/4”
7 7/8” 5 1/2” X X
3 4 5
Enter the power cable Fix the spotlight to its Installation complete.
into the screw hole anchor by tightening
and connect it to the the grain.
feeder.
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
ELED0100
ELED0100
ELED0150
EXAMPLES H
LED RAILING SYSTEM
M
H
G
F M
N L M
N
CABLE RAILING
STAINLESS &
G L
F
F
M M
N
D D
C
C
B B
PART KEY
ELED0001
A E1200120
B E1200130
N C E450
L L
D E1100120
E E0213
F E1100100
D
G E1510100
H E1520100
C
F
B I E1200100
L E1530100
M E1540100
N E1000424 - E1100424
LB-00201
Loctite Metal Adhesive, 1.10 oz
A strong structural adhesive for joining metal
Steel Sleeve for components. Originally designed to work specifically
Round Tubing with brass components, this adhesive provides a
cohesive bond within minutes. When working with
Catalog # Use with Tubing Lb./Ft. Mill Ft. stainless steel, expect a longer cure-time, anywhere
20-A100SL A100 .563 12 from a few hours to overnight. If a faster cure-time is
20-A110SL A110 1.328 12
CABLE RAILING
HANDRAIL BRACKETS
CP
301 Standard Handrail Bracket 308 Handrail Bracket 308GM Glass Mount Rail Bracket
ITEM # TUBING CP D ITEM # TUBING CP D ITEM # TUBING CP D
40-301/1-1/2 49-308/1-1/2 1-1/2" 3" 3" 49-308GM/1-1/2 1-1/2" 2-7/8" 3"
1-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2"
44-301/1-1/2 49-308/2 2" 3" 3" 49-308GM/2 2" 2-7/8" 3"
40-301/2
44-301/2
2" 2-3/4" 2-1/2" LB-00202
Lavi Metal Polish
For use with mirror-finished surfaces. Developed especially for
high-shine or polished finishes.
Lavi Metal Polish instantly removes years of residue, rust, tarnish
CP and oxidation from all polished-finish metals. Lavi Metal Polish
applies a superstrong anti-tarnish corrosion inhibitor and imparts
a long-lasting protective shine to all your metal surfaces. While it
D works on all metals, it is best-suited for a high-shine or polished
finish. This polish is designed to remove scratches and may alter
the appearance of a satin-finished or brushed metal product.
304 Glass Mount Handrail Bracket
ITEM # TUBING CP D • Use on polished brass and polished stainless steel
40-304/1-1/2 • Easy, just wipe-on & wipe-off
1-1/2" 2-5/8" 2-1/2" • Cleans, polishes and protects
44-304/1-1/2
• Anti-tarnish protection
40-304/2 • Fresh lavender scent
2" 2-5/8" 2-1/2"
44-304/2
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
CP CP
D D
342 Flush Center Post 340 Flush End Post 348 Low Saddle Post
ITEM # TUBING CP D ITEM # TUBING CP D ITEM # TUBING CP D
40-342/1-1/2 40-340/1-1/2 49-348/1-1/2 1-1/2" 3-7/8" 3"
1-1/2" 2-7/16" 2-5/16" 1-1/2" 2-7/16" 2-5/16"
44-342/1-1/2 44-340/1-1/2 49-348/2 2" 3-7/8" 3"
40-342/2 40-340/2
2" 3-1/4" 2-1/2" 2" 3-1/4" 2-1/2"
44-342/2 44-340/2
CABLE RAILING
STAINLESS &
348L Tall Saddle Post 300HS Handrail Saddle 300PS Post Saddle
ITEM # TUBING CP D ITEM # TUBING ITEM # TUBING
49-348L/1-1/2 1-1/2" 6-1/8" 3" 49-300HS/1-1/2 1-1/2" 49-300PS/1-1/2 1-1/2"
49-348L/2 2" 6-1/4" 3" 49-300HS/2 2" 49-300PS/2 2"
Hardware sold separately Hardware sold separately
300P Bracket Mounting Plate 300GP Glass Mount Back Plate 300STM Bracket Stem
ITEM # DIAMETER ITEM # DIAMETER ITEM # HEIGHT
49-300P 3" 49-300GP 3" 49-300STM 2-3/16"
49-300P/U* 3" Hardware sold separately 49-300STM/L 2-3/16"
*Undrilled. Hardware sold separately Hardware sold separately
FOOTRAIL BRACKETS
CP CP
CP
H B
B
510 Wall Flange 530 Wall Flange 532 Floor Flange 511/531 Cut Flange
ITEM # TUBING D H ITEM # TUBING D H ITEM # TUBING D H ITEM # TUBING D W
40-510/1-1/2 40-530/2 40-532/2 2" 5" 1-3/8" 40-511/1-1/2
1-1/2" 3" 1-1/4" 2" 4" 1-1/4" 1-1/2" 3" 2"
44-510/1-1/2 44-530/2 44-532/2 44-511/1-1/2
40-531/2
2" 4" 2-1/2"
44-531/2
SADDLE
CP
544 Floor Socket w/Cap
ITEM # TUBING D H D
40-544/2
2" 2-3/4" 4-1/2" 821 Ball Adjustable Saddle
44-544/2
ITEM # TUBING D CP
40-821/2 2" 2" 2-7/8"
44-821/2 2" 2" 2-7/8"
END CAPS
D D W
H
H
H
600* Flush End Cap 602 Half Ball End Cap 608 Wall Return
ITEM # TUBING D H ITEM # TUBING D H ITEM # TUBING W H
40-600/1-1/2 40-602/1-1/2 40-608/1-1/2
1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1/8" 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 3/4" 1-1/2" 3" 2-3/4"
44-600/1-1/2 44-602/1-1/2 44-608/1-1/2
40-600/2 40-602/2 40-608/2
2" 2" 1/8" 2" 2" 1" 2" 3-1/4" 3"
44-600/2 44-608/2
44-602/2
* Use with .050 tubing only.
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
L L L
700 Ball Single Outlet 705 Ball Side Outlet Tee 706 Ball Cross
ITEM # TUBING D L ITEM # TUBING D L ITEM # TUBING D L
40-700/1-1/2 40-705/1-1/2 40-706/1-1/2
1-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-3/4" 1-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-3/4" 1-1/2" 2-1/2" 3"
44-700/1-1/2 44-705/1-1/2 44-706/1-1/2
40-700/2 40-705/2 40-706/2
2" 3-1/4" 3-3/8" 2" 3-1/4" 3-3/8" 2" 3-1/4" 3-1/2"
44-700/2 44-705/2 44-706/2
D
D D
L L
L
702 Ball Ell 703 Ball Side Outlet Ell 704 Ball Tee
ITEM # TUBING D L ITEM # TUBING D L ITEM # TUBING D L
40-702/1-1/2 40-703/1-1/2 40-704/1-1/2
1-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-3/4" 1-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-3/4" 1-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-3/4"
44-702/1-1/2 44-703/1-1/2 44-704/1-1/2
CABLE RAILING
40-702/2 40-703/2 40-704/2
STAINLESS &
2" 3-1/4" 3-1/4" 2" 3-1/4" 3-5/8" 2" 3-1/4" 3-3/8"
44-702/2 44-703/2 44-704/2
FLUSH FITTINGS
W
W W
L L
L
730 Flush 135˚ Angle 730A Flush 147˚ Angle 731 Flush Radius Ell
ITEM # TUBING W L ITEM # TUBING W L ITEM # TUBING W L
40-730/1-1/2 40-730A/1-1/2 40-731/1-1/2
1-1/2" 2-15/16" 3" 1-1/2" 2-1/4" 3-1/4" 1-1/2" 2-7/8" 2-7/8"
44-730/1-1/2 44-730A/1-1/2 44-731/1-1/2
40-730/2 40-731/2
2" 2-7/8" 3-3/8" 2" 3" 3"
44-730/2 44-731/2
W
W W
L L L
736 Flush Cross 732 Flush Ell 733 Flush Side Outlet Ell
ITEM # TUBING W L ITEM # TUBING W L ITEM # TUBING W L
40-736/1-1/2 40-732/1-1/2 40-733/1-1/2
1-1/2" 3" 3" 1-1/2" 2" 2" 1-1/2" 2-1/4" 2"
44-736/1-1/2 44-732/1-1/2 44-733/1-1/2
40-736/2 40-732/2 40-733/2
2" 3" 3" 2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 2" 2-1/2" 2-1/4"
44-736/2 44-732/2 44-733/2
W
734 Flush Tee
L ITEM # TUBING W L ITEM # TUBING W L
40-734/1-1/2 40-734/2
1-1/2" 3" 2-1/4" 2" 3" 2-1/2"
44-734/1-1/2 44-734/2
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
PANELGRIP
The Wagner PanelGrip System utilizes a unique locking mechanism of
high-strength Aluminum and PVC isolators combined with a specially
designed Aluminum Base Shoe Moulding.
When assembled with tempered or laminated tempered glass of the
appropriate size, PanelGrip enables the installer to fabricate a structural
Glass Railing System with significant reductions in labor and freight
costs over standard wet glaze options.
• Reduce Labor Costs Up To 80% over Wet Glaze
No sealing of Base Shoe Moulding, no Setting Blocks, no plumbing of
glass, no multiple pours of cement, no waiting for cement to cure; no
messy clean-up.
• Reduce Freight Costs Up To 30%
PanelGrip shoe is almost 30% lighter than standard Base Shoe
Moulding yet meets structural load requirements for railings.
• Broadest Grip Range In One Base Of Any Dry Glaze Option
CABLE RAILING
work with any panel between 1/2" and 7/8" (12.7mm and 21.5mm).
• No Special Tools Required
All you need is an Allen wrench for installation or removal.
• No Mess
No mixing and pouring of expansion cement.
No running of cement on incline.
.0
59
"
18' Lengths.
Type 316.
Mill, Satin or Bright Polished Finish.
These Stainless Steel sections have no visible seam
and are suitable for bending.
c
GR3192
b
a
Type 316 Stainless Steel
INTERNAL HORIZONTAL
a b c Finish TOP RAIL END CAP SPLICE MITER CORNER
1.50" /"
3 4
1" Satin GR3152.4 GR3152E.4 GR315LS GR3152MK.4
1.50" /"
3 4
1" Polished GR3152.7 GR3152E.7 GR315LS GR3152MK.7
1.66" /"
3 4
1" Satin GR3168.4 GR3169E.4 GR3166S* GR3168MK.4
1.66" /"
3 4
1" Polished GR3168.7 GR3169E.7 GR3166S* GR3168MK.7
1.66" / "
15 16
/ "
15 16
Satin GR3169.4** GR3169E.4 GR3169S* GR3169MK.4
1.90" /"
3 4
11/4" Satin GR3192.4 GR3193E.4 GR3190S* GR3192MK.4
1.90" /"
3 4
11/4" Polished GR3192.7 GR3193E.7 GR3190S* GR3192MK.7
1.90" 1 1/16" 13/16" Satin GR3193.4** GR3193E.4 GR3193S* GR3193MK.4
* Aluminum for use with Stainless Steel.
** For use with 1/2" or 3/4" monolithic or laminated glass. With 3/4" glass, secure in place with GR95CBC silicone.
.10
9"
GR2190
GR2168
CABLE RAILING
.10
STAINLESS &
9"
1 1/4"
Extruded Aluminum Top Rail
1"
Miter Elbows
Top Rail
Placing metal Top Rail in
direct contact with a glass
edge is not recommended.
Use Silicone or a Protective
Insert as a buffer between
the Top Rail selected and
Insert Tempered Glass.
End Caps Splices
Protective Insert
This new universal protective insert will work with a
broad range of glass sizes and Top Rail. Attach to top
of glass with adhesive strip provided then expose
top adhesive strip prior to placing Slotted Top Rail
over Insert which will fold sides into place. A silicone
bead may be needed depending on glass/Top Rail
dimensions.
Length PVC Self Adhesive Strips Sold flat in 20, 40, 100 or 250
20' GR9397-20 foot coils. Folds into shape once
40' GR9397-40 Slotted Top Rail is put into place.
21/4"
100' GR9397-100 Spray glass cleaner is suggested
250' GR9397 to simplify insertion.
41/8"
COUNTERBORED
lb/ft Length HOLES
5.01 20' GR2457HCB
5.01 10' GR2457HCB-10
/4"
27/8"
3
2 3/4"
PanelGrip is set in place using our PGTWRENCH or a 3/16" hex head, 1. Apply two rows of Tape
to the vertical face of the
2. Apply two rows of Tape
to the vertical face of
3. Apply Silicone to the
vertical face of the
Allen wrench. Cladding and apply a the Cladding. Cladding. Use clamps
Silicone bead between to hold the Cladding in
Subject to one or more of the following patents: US7730682, US8181405, NZ581456, the rows. place until the Silicone
CA2697162, EP2171180 and AU2008282693. cures.
h
Gasket – Black
For use with Cladding only.
1 1/8" Wide x 1/4" High.
Peel back paper to reveal self-adhesive Base Shoe Moulding End Caps - Formed from Sheet
strip. Stick onto underside of Cladding SATIN
SATIN
SATIN POLISHED
before applying Cladding to Base Shoe ANODIZED
ALUMINUM STAINLESS STAINLESS
Width Height ALUMINUM
Moulding. Accommodates all glass sizes. 2½" 4⅛" GR2852E.4 GR2852E.4AN GR3852E.4 GR3852E.7
GLASS OVER .460 “ 2¾" 4⅛" GR2876E.4 GR3876E.4 GR3876E.7
Gasket 20' GR9302-20
Cladding Gasket 40' GR9302-40
Gasket 100' GR9302-100 Base Shoe Moulding End Caps - Formed from Sheet
Gasket 500' GR9302 These End Caps are for use when Base Shoe Moulding uses
Cladding and Cladding Tape results in widening the overall width
Gasket – Black, for PanelGrip of the base by 1/8" - 1/16" on each side.
1 1/8" For use without Cladding. SATIN
SATIN SATIN POLISHED
ANODIZED
ALUMINUM STAINLESS STAINLESS
Width Height ALUMINUM
Gasket 20' GR9355-20
Gasket 40' GR9355-40 2⅝" 4⅛" GR2852EC.4 GR2852EC.4AN GR3852EC.4 GR3852EC.7
/4"
CABLE RAILING
with an engineer for proper
STAINLESS &
reinforcement of the substrate.
PANELGRIP INSTALLATION
1. Plumbing PanelGrip Base Shoe Moulding
Before completing attachment of PanelGrip Base Shoe Moulding to substrate – take all necessary steps to assure that the mounted Shoe is adjusted
such that the inside channel of the Shoe is plumb to +/- 1/8" at an extended height of 42". Spend the time required to plumb the Shoe to this tolerance
since the glass will only be as plumb as the Shoe.
2. Clear the PanelGrip Base of All Debris.
3. Place Isolators
Place the PanelGrip Plastic Isolators into the Base Shoe Moulding. On inclines, a dab of silicone may be used to keep them in place while placing glass.
Space Plastic Isolators a maximum of 14" on center with a maximum of 4" in from the left and right edges of each panel – 4 isolators per 4 foot panel.
4. Place Glass
Place the glass atop the Plastic Isolators in the Base Shoe Moulding.
Warning: With multi-panel Railings, do not line up the edge of a panel with the end of the Base Shoe Moulding – place the panels so that they span
PanelGrip Base Shoe Moulding butt joints to assist in alignment.
5. Insert PanelGrip
Have someone hold the panel in place while you insert the Aluminum PanelGrip mechanism into place on the opposite side of the glass in alignment
with the Plastic Isolators. Make sure that the plastic pad on the PanelGrip is facing the glass.
6. Tighten PanelGrip
Using a 3/16" hex head wrench or the PanelGrip Torque Wrench, tighten the Cap Screw on the PanelGrip mechanism. While tightening, the plastic pad
will break away from the Aluminum as the unit expands.
7. Confirm Alignment and Tighten
Confirm alignment and make adjustments prior to final tightening which will compress and lock the panel into place.
Remember, PanelGrip is self-centering and self-plumbing. Make sure you have properly plumbed the Shoe as noted in Step 1.
Once you have confirmed position, use a 3/16" hex head wrench or our PGTWRENCH to make the PanelGrip Cap Screw snug-tight, then continue
tightening to 10 ft-lbf (120 in-lbf) of torque. Repeat on all other PanelGrip mechanisms to secure the panel in position. DO NOT OVERTIGHTEN.
8. Insert Spacing Pads
Repeat with other lites of glass. Insert 1/4" Spacing Pads between glass panels to prevent glass-to-glass contact. Trim as required.
9. Seal top of shoe
Once glass is properly positioned, seal gap at the top of the PanelGrip Base Shoe Moulding using one of the two Gasket styles shown on page 108.
Spray glass cleaner onto glass to facilitate insertion of gaskets.
• GR9302 is taped to the underside of the top lip of the Cladding.
• GR9355 is used without Cladding
Weep holes should be provided with exterior applications.
10. Removal of Glass
Should you need to remove a panel, this can be done simply by loosening the PanelGrip Cap Screw.
W A A
A
A
W
813G/F Glass Clip Flat for
813/2 Glass Clip for 1/2" Glass 1/2" Glass
H ITEM # TUBING A B ITEM # A B
CABLE RAILING
Install through
prefabricated
hole in glass
The GlassGrip™ tightening system, which utilizes solid (optional)
rubber o-rings, holds heavy floating glass panels as
it securely grips them and prevents sliding.
RAILINGS
BRASS
BRASS RAILING SYSTEM
00-H1600 00-H1800
A A A
A
B B B
B
SL Left Lateral Scroll SR Right Lateral Scroll CH Solid Lateral Scroll* SE Volute
ITEM # A B ITEM # A B ITEM # A B ITEM # A B
00-H1600SL 8-1/2" 10-3/4" 00-H1600SR 8-1/2" 10-3/4" 00-H1600CH 8" 10-1/8" 00-H1600SE
2-1/2" 5-1/4"
00-H1800SL 9" 11-1/4" 00-H1800SR 9" 11-1/4" 00-H1800CH 8-1/2" 10-1/2" 00-H1800SE
*For use under brass lateral scrolls.
Malleable iron.
Works with both left and right scrolls.
RAILINGS
BRASS
A A A
B B
B
CB Corner Bend LT Lambs Tongue E Square Terminal End
ITEM # A B ITEM # A B ITEM # A B
00-H1600CB 00-H1600LT 00-H1600E "
5-3/4" 5-3/4" 4-1/2" 5-1/4" 2" 3-5/8
00-H1800CB 00-H1800LT 00-H1800E
SEE
PAGES
116-117
FOR MORE
FINIALS ø 70mm 70mm ONYX BROWN
2 3/4” ø 3 3/4”
2 3/4”
ø 80mm ø 3 1/2” H : 5 1/4”
63mm H : 4 3/4”
3 1/8” 2 1/16”
ø 52mm
2”
140mm
135mm
5 1/2”
5 3/8”
115mm
125mm
4 1/2”
4 15/16”
95mm
3 3/4”
RAILINGS
BRASS
683BR - 2" x 1-3/4", fits over 1/2" sq.
LB-00202 LB-00201
Lavi Metal Polish Loctite Metal Adhesive, 1.10 oz
For use with mirror-finished surfaces. Developed especially A strong structural adhesive for
for high-shine or polished finishes. joining metal components. Originally
Lavi Metal Polish instantly removes years of residue, rust, designed to work specifically with brass
tarnish and oxidation from all polished-finish metals. Lavi components, this adhesive provides a
Metal Polish applies a superstrong anti-tarnish corrosion cohesive bond within minutes. When
inhibitor and imparts a long-lasting protective shine working with stainless steel, expect a
to all your metal surfaces. While it works on all metals, longer cure-time, anywhere from a few
it is best-suited for a high-shine or polished finish. This hours to overnight. If a faster cure-time
polish is designed to remove scratches and may alter the is desired, use the Loctite 7649 Primer
appearance of a satin-finished or brushed metal product. to bond stainless steel components in
minutes. Loctite Metal Adhesive will
• Use on polished brass and polished stainless steel
simplify your project assembly while
• Easy, just wipe-on & wipe-off
achieving a professional look.
• Cleans, polishes and protects
• Anti-tarnish protection
• Fresh lavender scent
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
CP
CP CP
D
D D
301 Standard Handrail Bracket 304 Glass Mount Handrail Bracket 310 Flat Handrail Bracket
ITEM # TUBING CP D ITEM # TUBING CP D ITEM # CP D
00-301/1-1/2 1-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 00-304/1-1/2 1-1/2" 2-5/8" 2-1/2" 00-310 2-1/2" 2-3/8"
00-301/2 2" 2-3/4" 2-1/2" 00-304/2 2" 2-5/8" 2-1/2"
* 301 available with concealed mount.
CP
CP CP CP
D D D
332 Ball Center Post 334 Ball End Post – 6" High 336 Ball Center Post – 6" High
ITEM # TUBING CP` D ITEM # TUBING CP D ITEM # TUBING CP D
00-332/1 1" 2-3/4" 2-1/4" 00-334/2 2" 5" 3-1/4" 00-336/2 2" 5" 3-1/4"
00-332/1-1/2 1-1/2" 2-3/4" 2-15/16"
00-332/2 2" 3" 3-3/8"
CP
CP CP
D D D
340 Flush End Post 341 Saddle Post 342 Flush Center Post
ITEM # TUBING CP D ITEM # TUBING CP D ITEM # TUBING CP D
00-340/1 1" 2-1/8" 1-3/4" 00-341/1-1/2 1-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-1/4" 00-342/1 1" 2-1/8" 1-3/4"
00-340/1-1/2 1-1/2" 2-7/16" 2-5/16" 00-341/2 2" 3-1/4" 2-1/2" 00-342/1-1/2 1-1/2" 2-7/16" 2-5/16"
00-340/2 2" 3-1/4" 2-1/2" 00-342/2 2" 3-1/4" 2-1/2"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
added strength (A110SL or A120SL). 4-foot • Consult local codes for rail height and other HARDWARE
requirements.
spacing between brackets is recommended.
CP
CP
H CP
B
B
400 Combination Bracket 404 Floor Bracket 402 Bar Mount Bracket
ITEM # TUBING CP H ITEM # TUBING CP B ITEM # TUBING CP B
00-400/1-1/2 1-1/2" 6-7/16" 6-5/8" 00-404/1-1/2 1-1/2" 6" 6-5/16" 00-402/1-1/2 1-1/2" 6-1/16" 4"
00-400/2 2" 6-1/8" 7" 00-404/2 2" 6-1/8" 6-11/16" 00-402/2 2" 6-7/8" 4-1/4"
* Bar Mount Bracket may be bolted from back
side for additional strength.
CP
Bar Top
CP CP
B B
406 Contemporary Bracket 410 Victorian Bracket 450 Bar Armrail Bracket
ITEM # TUBING CP B ITEM # TUBING CP B ITEM # TUBING CP
RAILINGS
BRASS
00-406/2 2" 6-1/16" 2-7/8" 00-410/2 2" 8-1/8" 4-11/16" 00-450/1-1/2 1-1/2" 5-3/4"
00-450/2 2" 5-9/16"
5"
545
541 Steel Flange Floor Socket w/Cap
ITEM # TUBING D-2 H-2 ITEM # TUBING D H
20-541/1-1/2 1-1/2" 3-1/2" 1-3/8" 00-545/2 2" 4-7/8" 4-1/2"
20-541/2 2" 4-1/2" 1-1/2"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
D
D D
H
H
H
600* Flush End Cap 600W* Outer End Cap 602 Half Ball End Cap
ITEM # TUBING D H ITEM # TUBING D H ITEM # TUBING D H
00-600/1 1" 1" 1/8" 00-600W/2 2" 2-1/8" 7/8" 00-602/1 1" 1" 1/2"
00-600/1-1/2 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 1/8" * Ideal for use with wood rail. 00-602/1-1/2 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 3/4"
00-600/2 2" 2" 1/8" 00-602/2 2" 2" 1"
* Use with .050 tubing only.
D
W W
H H
H
RAILINGS
00-604/2 2" 3-1/8" 4-1/2"
BRASS
* Use with .050 tubing only.
W H W
650 Flat Square End Cap 652 Conical Square End Cap
ITEM # TUBING W H ITEM # TUBING W H
00-650/2 2" 2" 1/4" 00-652/1-1/2 1-1/2" 1-1/2" 3/4"
00-652/2 2" 2" 3/4"
CP
CP
D
D
tube (for strength) while the horizontals are • Consult local codes for rail height and other HARDWARE
requirements.
cut and fit between posts.
D
D
D
L L
L
700 Ball Single Outlet 701 Ball Parallel Outlet 701A 135˚ Side Outlet
ITEM # TUBING D L ITEM # TUBING D L ITEM # TUBING D L
00-700/1-1/2 1-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-3/4" 00-701/1-1/2 1-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-7/8" 00-701A/1-1/2 1-1/2" 3-1/4" 2-1/2"
00-700/2 2" 3-1/4" 3-3/8" 00-701/2 2" 3-1/4" 3-3/8" 00-701A/2 2" 5" 3-1/4"
D D
D
L L
L
702 Ball Ell 703 Ball Side Outlet Ell 704 Ball Tee
ITEM # TUBING D L ITEM # TUBING D L ITEM # TUBING D L
00-702/1 1" 2" 2-1/2" 00-703/1 1" 2" 2-1/2" 00-704/1 1" 2" 2-1/2"
00-702/1-1/2 1-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-3/4" 00-703/1-1/2 1-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-3/4" 00-704/1-1/2 1-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-3/4"
00-702/2 2" 3-1/4" 3-1/4" 00-703/2 2" 3-1/4" 3-5/8" 00-704/2 2" 3-1/4" 3-3/8"
RAILINGS
BRASS
D D
D
L L
L
705 Ball Side Outlet Tee 706 Ball Cross 707 Side Outlet Cross
ITEM # TUBING D L ITEM # TUBING D L ITEM # TUBING D L
00-705/1 1" 2" 2-1/2" 00-706/1-1/2 1-1/2" 2-1/2" 3" 00-707/1-1/2 1-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-3/4"
00-705/1-1/2 1-1/2" 2-1/2" 2-3/4" 00-706/2 2" 3-1/4" 3-1/2"
00-705/2 2" 3-1/4" 3-3/8"
D D
L L
708 135˚ Side Outlet Ell 709 135˚ Side Outlet Tee
ITEM # TUBING D L ITEM # TUBING D L
00-708/1-1/2 1-1/2" 3-1/4" 2-1/2" 00-709/1-1/2 1-1/2" 3-1/4" 2-1/2"
00-708/2 2" 4" 3-1/4" 00-709/2 2" 4" 3-1/4"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
accommodate any project. Our line of flush • Consult local codes for rail height and other HARDWARE
requirements.
fittings feature a 1" long sleeve for added
strength and adhesive coverage.
W W W
L L L
730 Flush 135˚ Angle 730A Flush 147˚ Angle 731 Flush Radius Ell
ITEM # TUBING W L ITEM # TUBING W L ITEM # TUBING W L
00-730/1-1/2 1-1/2" 2-15/16" 3" 00-730A/1-1/2 1-1/2" 2-1/4" 3-1/4" 00-731/1 1" 1-7/8" 1-7/8"
00-730/2 2" 2-7/8" 3-3/8" 00-730A/2 2" 2-3/4" 3-3/4" 00-731/1-1/2 1-1/2" 2-7/8" 2-7/8"
00-731/2 2" 3" 3"
W W W
L L L
732 Flush Ell 733 Flush Side Outlet Ell 734 Flush Tee
ITEM # TUBING W L ITEM # TUBING W L ITEM # TUBING W L
00-732/1-1/2 1-1/2" 2" 2" 00-733/1-1/2 1-1/2" 2-1/4" 2" 00-734/1-1/2 1-1/2" 3" 2-1/4"
00-732/2 2" 2-1/2" 2-1/2" 00-733/2 2" 2-1/2" 2-1/4" 00-734/2 2" 3" 2-1/2"
RAILINGS
BRASS
W W
L
L
CP
W
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
62mm
2 7/16"
50mm
2"
255mm
255mm
10 1/16"
10 1/16"
H
m
m 110m
100m
m 1105m16" 4 5/16"
5/16"
31 4 /
813 Glass Clip 1/2" Glass
62mm
2 7/16"
50mm
62mm
ITEM # TUBING W H
2 7/16"
2"
Maximum 1/2" glass Maximum 1/2" glass 00-813/SR (with right glass stop)
GC8050 GC8150
110mm
Base for
4 5/16"
m W
glass clip 105m
1/8"
4
GC8050
and
1 9/16"
H
40
GC8150.
Guilloched Brass Support Steel Support
16 mm
GC8450
16 mm
GC8350 GC8550 813F Glass Clip 1/2" Glass
5/8” 5/8”
ITEM # W H
00-813F 13/16" 1-3/8"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
PATINAS
PAINT &
High Performance
Coatings for Ironwork
Benefits of Using VINYLAST™ Paints AEROSOL
S
The perfect
• No primer necessary for interior or
solution for touching up and
galvanized applications
painting small objects.
• Fast drying and non-drip
ITEM NUMBER
• Excellent adhesion to hot
dipped galvanizing Vinylast™ Black 113/26
• Superior rust protection Vinylast™ Dark Brown 113/45
• Suitable for aluminum Vinylast™ Pure White 113/46
and structural steel SUPPLIED IN 250ML, 1 LITER, 2.5 LITER, 400ml cans
• Chip resistant satin finish 5 LITER AND 20 LITER CONTAINERS
Patinas
Create Antique and Highlighted Finishes
A long lasting gold paint used for highlighting Supplied in 375 ml tins.
railheads, rosettes and other features. For steel
and aluminum. Thin with Xylene if necessary.
113/30 – 1 liter
PATINAS
PAINT &
FAST PRIMER ZINC PHOSPHATE
A high quality, general purpose, conventional anti-corrosive 112/6 Gold 112/7 Copper 112/8 Silver
primer containing zinc phosphate to help prevent rust.
Recommended application by spraying but small areas can be
brushed on. Coverage (approx.) 15 sq. meters per liter.
Item Number
Grey 1 liter 113/15
Grey 2.5 liters 113/16
112/11 Pale Blue 112/10 Pale Green 112/9 Green
Grey 5 liters 113/17
Grey 20 liters 113/17-20L
Red Oxide 1 liter 113/18
Red Oxide 2.5 liters 113/19
Red Oxide 5 liters 113/20
Red Oxide 20 liters 113/20-20L
INDUSTRIAL THINNERS (XYLENE)
An all purpose thinner for use with Vinylast™, Fast Primer Zinc Gold Patina on a Our all time This classic finish
Phosphate, and Staygold. White 9010 base favorite is Smithy is Graphite 0003
Item Number
coat always brings Black 0001, with Vinylast with Silver
1 liter 113/23
life to a fine piece Copper Patina. Patina highlights.
5 liters 113/24
of ironwork.
25 liters 113/25
drip unlike most other paints. It also offers better surface protection recommend using an etch primer or a T-wash primer, or abrading
PAINT &
against rust. It has excellent adhesion even to hot dipped galvanized the surface, especially for very smooth surfaces.
surfaces. And it gives a beautiful, chip resistant satin sheen finish. What kind of maintenance is required?
Can I spray this paint? Aqualast™ is virtually a maintenance free finish which lasts for many
Yes, the paint can be used in any conventional sprayer. It can also years, especially when applied over a galvanized surface. You can
be used with Electrostatic and airless sprayers. To thin you may use repaint over Aqualast™ painted work after cleaning it.
water. How does Aqualast™ compare to powder coating?
Can I use Aqualast™ over galvanizing? Aqualast™ looks better on good quality decorative ironwork than
Absolutely. Although a top quality paint for using directly onto mild most powder finishes. Powder coating is also difficult to repair or
steel, Aqualast™ was specially developed to adhere to galvanized touch up. It does not adhere well to galvanized products without
steelwork. Aqualast™ bonds extremely well to galvanizing without surface preparation.
any kind of primer or surface abrasion required.
What if I have a non-galvanized surface for an exterior job? Benefits of Using Paints
Although we always recommend galvanizing for exterior work,
Aqualast™ still offers a superior finish and more durability than most • No primer necessary
paints. A primer is not required but if preferred, we recommend our
Fast Primer Zinc Phosphate. Apply 2 to 3 coats of Aqualast™ in order
• Excellent adhesion to hot dipped galvanizing
to achieve the required film thickness. • Superior rust protection
For an MSDS Sheet and detailed product information see: • Suitable for aluminum and structural steel
www.archirondesign.com
VOC Content: 0 grams per liter. • Chip resistant satin finish
RUSTRESOLVE offers an easy and effective way to deal with existing rust without the
need for sandblasting or hours of wire brushing. Simply wire brush off any flaking rust
and apply RUSTRESOLVE. Within minutes, the rust will disappear and the surface will
turn a bluish black color that you can paint over.
RUSTRESOLVE
• Is a complex mixture of vinyl acrylic copolymer and tannic acid for the treatment
of corroded steel and iron surfaces.
• Is a strong, yet eco-friendly, zero VOC product that neutralizes the corrosion
process. It then further protects the surface by forming a film with low
permeability to water vapor and oxygen.
• Is self priming but for long term protection it is advisable to overcoat with a
suitable water or solvent based midcoat or topcoat.
• One liter can treats 8-9 square meters.
• Can be used in the following areas: Manufacturing, Agriculture, Automotive, Chemical, Marine,
Heavy Engineering, Building and Construction, DIY, etc.
Application
Surfaces should be wire brushed to remove loose rust and washed Rusty Surface
with water to remove soluble salts as they inhibit the conversion
process. Surfaces should also be free of oil and grease.
RUSTRESOLVE has been designed for application by spray and
brush. By airless spray a dry film thickness of up to 60 microns can
PATINAS
PAINT &
be achieved without sagging. The addition of further water may be
necessary for air assisted spraying. By brush application, a dry film
thickness of 40 microns per coat is considered optimum.
RUSTRESOLVE can be applied over damp surfaces and dries
quickly under suitable temperature and humidity conditions.
Immediately after use, equipment should be washed in water to
remove all traces of RUSTRESOLVE. After Application
Drying Conditions
Temperature, humidity, air movement and film thickness all
affect drying time. Under ideal conditions, a 100 micron wet film
of RUSTRESOLVE will be dry to the touch in approximately
10 minutes at 68°F, whereas at 50°F and with little air movement,
this time can be as long as 2 hours. RUSTRESOLVE should not
be applied at temperatures below 50°F, or when there is risk of
condensation or rain during this drying period.
Visit www.archirondesign.com/resource-center to download the MSDS sheet from our technical library.
T: 800.784.7444 ✛ T: 908.757.2323 ✛ F: 908.757.3439
AISALES@ARCHIRONDESIGN.COM ✛ ARCHIRONDESIGN.COM 255
GILDERS PASTE
Looking for a unique way to highlight or decorate your Thin with small amounts of paint thinner to transform
ironwork? the highly concentrated Gilders Paste™ into paint
Gilders Paste™ is a collection of highly concentrated for your projects or artwork for a stained or washed
colorful metallic and colored wax based pastes that appearance.
can be easily applied to a project. Gilders Paste™ can be By lightly polishing with a soft cloth, our metallic
used to color and highlight features or produce a gilded Gilders Paste™ will produce a gilded finish. Clean up
finish. with soap and warm water or paint thinner.
Apply with finger, soft brush or cloth in rubbing Thinning will more than double coverage.
motion or by letting your imagination determine the
application medium to create a unique finish!
Gilders Paste™ can be layered one on top of the other or
mixed together to create an endless finish and a color Small, 30 ml (1 oz.), covers over 30 sq. ft.
palette that won’t fade. Large, 100 ml (3 oz.), covers over 100 sq. ft.
PATINAS
PAINT &
(Colors may vary slightly from printed medium) apply a recommended primer.
Layering substrates with a solid base color and then
Small, 30 ml (1 oz.), covers over 30 sq. ft.
stenciling, sponging or wiping another color over base
Large, 100 ml (3 oz.), covers over 100 sq. ft.
coat can produce unique affects and blends.
Polishing the base coat immediately after application
with a dry cloth or slightly wetting it with a thinner will
remove Gilders Paste™ from the relief detail and highlight
depressed details. Lightly brushing Gilders Paste™ over the
top will highlight the relief details without polishing.
Store above 55˚F. Apply above 60˚F. If Gilders Paste™
becomes dry, add a little paint thinner or mineral spirits,
mix, and you are ready to go.
WARNING:
COMBUSTIBLE. Do not store or use near open flame. KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. NOT FOR USE IN HEALTH CARE FACILITIES. For further
health information contact a poison control center. Use in well ventilated area. Request a materials safety data sheet when using in manufacturing. Keep in
the original container with the lid closed to prevent the product from drying out and store upside down. Use a small amount of paint thinner to soften. Avoid
heat, sparks, flame and other ignition sources.
PATINAS
PAINT &
32 oz. Metal Cleaner
and Degreaser soon as it is completely dry.
SUR01GMDD
1 gallon Metal Cleaner
and Degreaser
DO NOT USE ACETONE
to clean your metal surface
The acetone leaves a residue on the
surface which will interfere with the
adhesion of the sealers and will alter
the patina and/or cause it to not
react properly.
M-38 Brown (FOR BRONZE, BRASS & COPPER) M-24 Black (FOR BRONZE, BRASS & COPPER)
PAINT &
BIR08ZM38 BIR08ZM24
8 oz. Birchwood Technologies M38 Brown 8 oz. Birchwood Technologies M24 Black
for Bronze, Brass, & Copper for Bronze, Brass, & Copper
BIR32ZM38 BIR32ZM24
32 oz. Birchwood Technologies M38 Brown 32 oz. Birchwood Technologies M24 Black
for Bronze, Brass, & Copper for Bronze, Brass, & Copper
BIR01GM38 BIR01GM24
1 gallon Birchwood Technologies M38 Brown 1 gallon Birchwood Technologies M24 Black
for Bronze, Brass, & Copper for Bronze, Brass, & Copper
PC-9 Presto Black (FOR IRON AND STEEL ONLY) A-14 Black (FOR ALUMINUM)
BIR08ZPC9 BIR08ZA14
8 oz. Birchwood Technologies PC9 Black 8 oz. Birchwood Technologies A14 Black
Patina for Iron & Steel for Aluminum
BIR32ZPC9 BIR32ZA14
32 oz. Birchwood Technologies PC9 Black 32 oz. Birchwood Technologies A14 Black
Patina for Iron & Steel for Aluminum
BIR01GPC9 BIR01GA14
1 gallon Birchwood Technologies PC9 Black 1 gallon Birchwood Technologies A14 Black
Patina for Iron & Steel for Aluminum
PATINAS
PAINT &
steel, stainless steel, aluminum, bronze, brass, or copper. TBK32ZSLT
Applied hot, Slate Black will create a deep brown patina on 32 oz. Slate Black
Traditional Patina
aluminum and a red-green finish on stainless steel. On iron, TBK01GSLT
steel, and nonferrous metals, Slate Black will form a black 1 gallon Slate Black
patina when applied cold. Traditional Patina
Before applying this patina, sandblasting or sanding is required
to clean the surface of oil, oxides, and residues. Slate Black may © Sculpt Nouveau
TBR08ZJBR
Japanese Brown Traditional Patina (cold or hot application) 8 oz. Japanese Brown
Traditional Patina
This patina may also be used on bronze, brass and copper but TBR32ZJBR
is mainly used on iron and steel. When applied to bronze, brass 32 oz. Japanese
or copper, it will result in a golden color. When applied cold on Brown Traditional
iron and steel, a brown rust will form. When applied to heated Patina
steel, a dark chocolate brown will form. Clean the metal TBR01GJBR
surface before application. If the metal is smooth it will be a 1 gallon Japanese
Brown Traditional
shinier patina. If the metal surface is sandblasted it will look Patina
more like satin. Heat will darken the color as well as make it
© Sculpt Nouveau
less mottled. Rinsing is not manditory. If you don’t rinse, leave Japanese Brown
the patina alone for 24 hours before applying a clear sealer. Do Patina applied hot
not use on aluminum, galvanized or stainless steel. to hot rolled steel
PATINAS
PAINT &
PATINAS
PAINT &
colored oxides with a water base polymer/resin binder. It is sold in 8 oz. Black
concentrated form and may be diluted with distilled water up to 25% to Smart Stain
increase transparency. Only Smart Coat should be used to dilute it SST32ZBLK
32 oz. Black
any further. Smart Stain
Instructions for Application: SST01GBLK
1 gallon Black
(1) Shake well. Smart Stain
(2) Clean the surface of the material and make sure it is completely dry
before applying Smart Stain.
(3) Apply by spray, sponge, roller, or brush. Apply as many coats as
needed to achieve the desired color. If applying over a patina,
make sure the first layer of Smart Stain saturates the rust or patina.
Allow 1 hour to fully cure between coats.
NOTE:
For exterior applications, Smart Stains should be sealed with three layers
Smart Stains may be applied to warmed
of Smart Coat, Clear Guard or Ever Clear. Maintenance requirements will metal. Heat metal with a heat gun or
vary by location. In most environments, regular application of Sculpt torch up to 120°F. Apply by any method
Nouveau’s Metal Wax or Metal Oil, over the clear coat, is sufficient to to achieve desired effect. Seal when dry.
maintain this finish.
T: 800.784.7444 ✛ T: 908.757.2323 ✛ F: 908.757.3439
AISALES@ARCHIRONDESIGN.COM ✛ ARCHIRONDESIGN.COM 263
SCULPT NOUVEAU PATINAS AND METAL FINISHES
(2) Make sure that the surface is completely dry by PSN08ZBRO PSN08ZYEL
heating with a heat gun or patina torch. 8 oz. Bronze Patina Stain 8 oz. Yellow Patina Stain
PSN12ZBRO PSN12ZYEL
(3) Applying with a sprayer will give the most
12 oz. Bronze Patina Stain in 12 oz. Yellow Patina Stain in
consistent results. You may also apply with a Aerosol Spray Can Aerosol Spray Can
brush or sponge. PSN32ZBRO PSN32ZYEL
(4) Let the Patina Stain cure a minimum of 2 hours 32 oz. Bronze Patina Stain 32 oz. Yellow Patina Stain
PATINAS
PAINT &
PSN01GBRO PSN01GYEL
and apply more coats if desired. You may also
1 gallon Bronze Patina Stain 1 gallon Yellow Patina Stain
layer on different colors of Patina Stain.
(5) Apply as many coats as needed, making sure the PSN08ZCOP PSN08ZBLU
first layer of stain saturates the rust or patina on 8 oz. Copper Patina Stain 8 oz. Blue Patina Stain
PSN12ZCOP PSN12ZBLU
your surface.
12 oz. Copper Patina Stain 12 oz. Blue Patina Stain in
(6) Apply 1-2 layers of clear finish. This will depend in Aerosol Spray Can Aerosol Spray Can
on your situation (indoor, outdoor, what type of PSN32ZCOP PSN32ZBLU
metal - more layers of clear for ferrous metals). 32 oz. Copper Patina Stain 32 oz. Blue Patina Stain
PSN01GCOP PSN01GBLU
(7) Apply clear or colored wax 24 hours after the last 1 gallon Copper Patina Stain 1 gallon Blue Patina Stain
layer of clear sealer.
© Sculpt Nouveau
PATINAS
PAINT &
for drying between coats.
Smart Coat (indoor or outdoor use)
Smart Coat is a strong yet non-hazardous, zero VOC, non-odor, SCO08ZMAT
one part, self hardening, non-yellowing, and non-cracking, top 8 oz. Smart Coat 1K Matte
coat. Smart Coat works well over patinas, rust-oxides, as well as all SCO32ZMAT
32 oz. Smart Coat 1K Matte
clean polished metals. It may be diluted with water to allow for a SCO01GMAT
penetration of heavy oxides. The finish is beautiful, durable, and 1 gallon Smart Coat 1K Matte
hard. Smart Coat is a polymer/resin, yet dilutes and cleans up with
water and is eco friendly. Smart Coat tacks up and hardens quickly SCO08ZSAT
to a beautiful hard, thin coating that is fast drying. 8 oz. Smart Coat 1K Satin
SCO32ZSAT
Application Conditions: 32 oz. Smart Coat 1K Satin
SCO01GSAT
90°F (32°C) and below 85% humidity to ensure proper drying. This 1 gallon Smart Coat 1K Satin
sealer is self leveling and may be brush applied. You may put the
Smart Coat into your own sprayer (like a Crown, or Preval) or a HVLP
sprayer. No dilution is necessary while spraying. May be diluted up
to 25% with distilled water. Avoid applying in very windy and dusty
conditions. Cover surrounding areas to protect from spray mist.
Application:
Spray application is the preferred method, although brushing or flow coating may be used. If applying with
a brush, use a high quality natural bristle brush. When using the matte formula, brushing is not advised. Any
dust collected on the cleaned metal should be blown or wiped off with a clean cloth before coating is applied.
Coating should be applied in full coats. The second coat should be applied in about an hour. If you are unable to
apply the second coat in a timely manner, you may lightly sand the first coat, so that the second coat will adhere.
Take measures to minimize dust and debris falling on your coated products. Metal surfaces should be at room
temperature (70°F–85°F).
SPRAY: Thinning is not necessary, or recommended, when using spray equipment with Ever Clear. If thinning is
desired, use up to 20% Sculpt Nouveau Solvent Thinner. For best results use a good quality HVLP sprayer. Make sure
that the spray equipment is clean and at room temperature. Spray at the lowest possible psi so that it lays down
lightly, usually about 20 psi with a 1.2 - 1.4 orifice tip.
DRYING TIME: The coating air dries to the touch in less than 1 hour – depending on room temperature and may be
forced dried faster at 250°F. The coating air dries solid/hard film within 4 hours, depending on coating thickness,
temperature, etc. Full cure dry time will be 5-7 days.
Ever Clear two-part is packaged with detailed instructions and filters for mixing. One gallon typically covers
125 sq. ft. with the recommended 2 coats.
T: 800.784.7444 ✛ T: 908.757.2323 ✛ F: 908.757.3439
266 AISALES@ARCHIRONDESIGN.COM ✛ ARCHIRONDESIGN.COM
SCULPT NOUVEAU PATINAS AND METAL FINISHES
PATINAS
PAINT &
When applying, smooth down any ridges or bumps. Stippling with a 32 oz. Black Metal Wax
brush may be the preferred method of application so as to not create MWX01GBLK
streaking on the surface. Try not to let the clear wax fill up in any 1 gallon Black Metal Wax
recessed areas as it may turn opaque when dry. Build up in recessed
areas may be desirable with the colored waxes.
Burnish the finish when the wax is dry (usually 1-2 hours). The colored
waxes generally take longer to dry. If you are applying the wax to a
hot surface, let the surface cool down completely, then buff. Use a
lint-free cloth (such as a microfiber cloth) to buff. Do not wait too long
as the wax will become too hard to burnish.
Maintenance:
Lightly clean the surface every six months or as needed with a
non-ionic soap like Ivory® Soap. Dry completely and reapply a
new layer of wax with a brush. When dry, buff as before. If the
wax is maintained regularly, there is a good chance the clear sealer
will last a long time.
What is cold patina? The leaf video shows mainly yellow and brown,
A process of applying patina chemical solutions directly to the but it would look more like the dark oil rubbed
unheated surface of the metal. “Cold Patina” is a term used for bronze if there is a black base first.
applying patinas without heating the metal. The best room or air
temperature for these patinas is between 65° and 75° F. Often they
The aluminum video shows the blackening
involve cycles of applications involving layers of patina. The three
process, Patina Stain and Yellow Dye-Oxide process.
basic techniques of applying the patina are to use a brush, sponge,
The same process will be used on steel, except
or spray bottle. There are also some very interesting ancient
instead of using A-14, either Black Magic or
techniques where the metal object is buried in substances soaked
PC9 would be used to blacken the steel.
with the patina or wrapped in cloth soaked with a patina.
A characteristic of most cold patinas is that they are opaque.
HARDWARE
GATE
TRUCLOSE REGULAR HINGES
PRODUCT FEATURES
• D&D-patented tension adjustment
• Won’t rust, bind, sag or stain
• Adjust tension from either end
(tension adjustment is always facing up) TCA2S3
TCA1S3
• UV-stabilized, super-strong engineered polymer TruClose®
(self-lubricating durability) Hinge Safety Cap
• Internal stainless steel closing spring Optional. Helps prevent
toddlers from using bottom
• Increased performance over previous models hinge as a climbing foothold.
• Decorative trim covers included - no visible fasteners CODE: TCACAPS3
CODE TRIM FINISH GATE MATERIAL SIDE LEGS IDEAL GAP GAP VARIANCE SOLD AS
TCA1S3BT Black Metal - ¾” (19mm) ¼” - ⅞” (6-22mm) 1 Pair
TCA1S3CT Chrome Metal - ¾” (19mm) ¼” - ⅞” (6-22mm) 1 Pair
TCA1S3ST Brushed Metal - ¾” (19mm) ¼” - ⅞” (6-22mm) 1 Pair
TCA1S3WT White Metal - ¾” (19mm) ¼” - ⅞” (6-22mm) 1 Pair Simple tension
adjustment
TCA1L2S3BT Black Metal 2 Legs Fixed at ¾” (19mm) - 1 Pair
TCA1L2S3CT Chrome Metal 2 Legs Fixed at ¾” (19mm) - 1 Pair
TCA1L2S3ST Brushed Metal 2 Legs Fixed at ¾” (19mm) - 1 Pair
TCA1L2S3WT White Metal 2 Legs Fixed at ¾” (19mm) - 1 Pair
TCA2S3BT Black Metal/Wood - ¾” (19mm) ¼” - ⅞” (6-22mm) 1 Pair
TCA2L2S3BT Black Metal/Wood 2 Legs Fixed at ¾” (19mm) - 1 Pair
TCA3S3BT Black Vinyl/Wood - ¾” (19mm) ¼” - ⅞” (6-22mm) 1 Pair
TCA3L2S3BT Black Vinyl/Wood 2 Legs Fixed at ¾” (19mm) - 1 Pair
TCA3L2S3WT White Vinyl/Wood 2 Legs Fixed at ¾” (19mm) - 1 Pair
TCACAPS3 Black Safety Cap - - - 1 Each
34mm
1 11 32"
HARDWARE
34mm
104mm
132mm 1 11 "
GATE
32
75mm 4332"
53 "
231 32" 16
46mm 32.5mm
46mm 46mm 32.5mm
1 13 16 " 1 932" 13 9
1 13 16 " 1 16 " 1 32"
44mm
1 2332" 96mm 44mm
96mm 96mm 44mm
32532" 1 2332" 25 1 23 "
32532" 3 32" 32
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
HEAVY DUTY Self-Closing Hinges for High-Traffic & Pool Gates
Self-Closing Hinges High-Traffic & Pool Gates
PRODUCT FEATURES
• D&D-patented tension adjustment
• Won’t rust, bind, sag or stain
• Adjust tension from either end
TCHD1S3
(tension adjustment is always facing up) TCHD1AS3
• UV-stabilized, super-strong engineered polymer
(self-lubricating durability)
• Internal stainless steel closing spring
• Increased performance over previous models
• Decorative trim covers included - no visible fasteners
• Trim covers to co-ordinate with LokkLatch MAGNETIC
TCHD2S3
• Heavy Duty Range self-closes gates up to 154 lb (70kg)
CODE TRIM FINISH GATE MATERIAL SIDE LEGS IDEAL GAP GAP VARIANCE SOLD AS
TCHD1AS3BT Black Metal - ¾” (19mm) ¼” -1” (6-25mm) 1 Pair
TCHD1AS3CT Chrome Metal - ¾” (19mm) ¼” -1” (6-25mm) 1 Pair
TCHD1AS3ST Brushed Metal - ¾” (19mm) ¼” -1” (6-25mm) 1 Pair
TCHD1AS3WT White Metal - ¾” (19mm) ¼” -1” (6-25mm) 1 Pair
TCHD1AL1S3BT Black Metal 1 Leg ¾” (19mm) ¼” -1” (6-25mm) 1 Pair
TCHD1AL2S3CT Chrome Metal 2 Legs Fixed at ¾” (19mm) - 1 Pair
TCHD1AL2S3ST Brushed Metal 2 Legs Fixed at ¾” (19mm) - 1 Pair
TCHD1AL2S3WT White Metal 2 Legs Fixed at ¾” (19mm) - 1 Pair
TCHD1AL2S3BT Black Metal 2 Legs Fixed at ¾” (19mm) - 1 Pair
TCHD1S3BT Black Metal/Wood/Vinyl - ¾” (19mm) ¼” -1” (6-25mm) 1 Pair
TCHD1L2S3BT Black Metal/Wood/Vinyl 2 Legs Fixed at ¾” (19mm) - 1 Pair
TCHD2L1SS3BT Black Vinyl/Wood 1 Leg ¾” (19mm) ¼” -1” (6-25mm) 1 Pair
TCHD2L1SS3WT White Vinyl/Wood 1 Leg ¾” (19mm) ¼” -1” (6-25mm) 1 Pair
TCHD2L2S3BT Black Vinyl/Wood 2 Legs Fixed at ¾” (19mm) - 1 Pair
TCHD2L2S3WT White Vinyl/Wood 2 Legs Fixed at ¾” (19mm) - 1 Pair
TCHDCAPS3 Black Safety Cap - - - 1 Each
TCHD1AS3BT,
TCHD1S3BT, TCHD1L2S3BT TCHD2LISS3BT, TCHDL2S3BT
TCHD1AL1S3BT, TCHD1AL2S3BT
49mm 20mm 49mm
35mm 20mm 35mm 78mm 20mm 78mm
1 15 16 "
13
25 " 16 " 1 15 16 "
1 38" 1 38" 31 16 " 13 "
31 16 "
32 16
27mm 27mm
27mm 27mm 27mm 27mm
1 1 16 " 1 1 16 "
1 1 16 " 1 1 16 " 1 1 16 " 1 1 16 "
176mm
HARDWARE
118.5mm
615 16 "
90.5mm 11
4 16 "
3916 "
GATE
56mm 56mm 19mm 56mm 47mm
2316 " 1 78"
3 "
2 316" 2316 " 4
121mm
434" 121mm
44.5mm
121mm
44.5mm 44.5mm 434"
434" 1 34"
1 34" 1 34"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
PRODUCT FEATURES
41mm
41mm
1 58"
1 58"
26.5mm
125mm
1 1 32"
5”
PRODUCT FEATURES
25mm 30mm
30mm
TCAMA2 Metal, Wood, Vinyl 1 ⅜” (35mm) ⅞”-2” (22-50mm) Black 31 " 1 316 " 25mm
1 316 "
GATE
32 31 "
Fits fence posts of 32
TCAMA2WT Metal, Wood, Vinyl 1 ⅜” (35mm) ⅞”-2”
1.7/8"(22-50mm)
– 2", White
TCAMA2RND Chainlink 1 ⅜” (35mm)
Fits [35mm] 1.3/8"
up to [41mm] 1.5/8"
⅞”-2” (22-50mm) Black
40mm 1 9 "
27mm
[102mm] 4" 16 1 1 16" 40mm 1 9 "
16
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
40mm 1 9 "
16
T: 800.784.7444 ✛ T: 908.757.2323 ✛ F: 908.757.3439
272 SALES@LOCKS4GATES.COM ✛ LOCKS4GATES.COM
96mm
TRUCLOSE HINGES
PRODUCT FEATURES
TCHDRND1-MK2 • D&D-patented tension adjustment
Gate diameters:
1 ⅜" & 1 ⅝" • Self-closes gates up to 132 lb (60kg)
(35 & 41mm)
Post diameters: • UV stabilized, super-strong engineered polymer
1⅞", 2 ⅜" & 2 ⅞" (self-lubricating durability)
(48, 60 & 73mm)
• Internal stainless steel spring and components
TCHDRND2-MK2 • Fasteners included
Gate diameters:
1 ⅞" (48mm) CODE GATE MATERIAL IDEAL GAP GAP VARIANCE COLOR
Post diameters:
1 ⅞" & 2 ⅞" TCHDRND1-MK2 Chainlink 1" (25mm) ⅜” - 1⅜” (19-35mm) Black
(48 & 73mm) TCHDRND2-MK2 Chainlink 1" (25mm) ⅜” - 1⅜” (19-35mm) Black
42932"
125mm
125mm
PRODUCT FEATURES CODE GATE MATERIAL IDEAL GATE GAP GAP VARIANCE COLOR
TCA4 Wood ¾ (19mm) ¼” - ⅞” (6-22mm) Black
• Self-closing T-Hinge for light-mid weight wood gates
• Won’t rust, bind, sag or stain 40mm 187mm
1 916 " 711 32"
• Self-close gates up to 55 lb (25kg)
• Super-strong engineering polymer and stainless
steel spring
• Thicker, molded rib through the center of the
HARDWARE
hinge leaf adds strength
GATE
• Fasteners included 200mm
778"
6.5mm
1
4"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
**Yes (SF) = Gate will not hold open at 90° (OK for safety gates). Do NOT use a hinge with a 90° hold-open feature (-) for pool/child safety gates.
IMPORTANT: For maximum gate weights, see weight chart on page 32.
CAUTION: A gate stop must be installed when using SF models. Gate must not be allowed to open past 90˚. Doing so voids warranty.
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Adjustable self-closing
[86mm]
3
3 8"
speed Non-self-closing.
[60mm]
23 "
8
and final3 "snap-close action Load bearing hinge
[19mm] [19mm]
3 "
[60mm] [36mm] 4 [15mm]
[15mm]
4 3 3
5 " 2 " 1 " 5 "
8 8
[9.5mm]
[9.5mm]
8 8
8"
[60mm]
8"
[86mm]
23 " ReadyFit SM
3
ReadyFit 108
3
3 [19mm] 8
3 8"
[19mm] 3 "
3 " [60mm] [36mm] 4 [15mm]
4 [15mm] 3 3 5 "
2 " 1 "
[9.5mm]
5 " 8 8 8
[9.5mm]
8"
8
8"
[75.5mm]
3
[75.5mm]
[48mm]
[85mm]
[85mm]
[48mm]
3
1 78"
338"
1 78"
338"
3"
3"
[60mm] [36mm]
[75.5mm]
[48mm]
238" 1 38"
[85mm]
[75.5mm]
[85mm]
1 78"
338"
[48mm]
3"
1 8"
338"
3"
[75.5mm]
[40mm]
[70mm]
[110mm]
[75.5mm]
234"
1 58"
[70mm]
[40mm]
4 8"
[110mm]
3"
1 58"
234"
438"
3
3"
[75.5mm]
[40mm]
[70mm]
[110mm]
234"
1 58"
438"
[75.5mm]
3"
[70mm]
[40mm]
8 [110mm]
1 58"
234"
438"
[9.5mm] 3"
[9.5mm]
8"
3 "
3
ReadyFit Brackets SELF-CLOSING - NON SAFETY
[9.5mm]
8"
[9.5mm]
74108315 Steel
3
74108313 Aluminum
HARDWARE
For electric/coded locks
Free-swinging
GATE
ReadyFit Brackets SELF-CLOSING - SAFETY (SF Model) ReadyFit Brackets NON SELF-CLOSING
Models Bracket Material Suitable for child/pool safety* Models Bracket Material Not suitable for child/pool safety
74108325 Steel DO NOT PROP GATE OPEN 74001315 Steel
74108323 Aluminum 74001313 Aluminum
FENCE FENCE
GATE GATE
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Dual Bearing
Glide SystemTM:
Two rows of bearings
for consistently superior
performance. Powerful, hidden hydraulics...
NOTE: Flush and Center (SM models only) that don’t leak!
Mount model post brackets Hydraulics inside the hinge are
are sold separately. concealed within the fence post
Fasteners not included. providing a small footprint.
Controlled, quiet close in a tamper
resistant, compact design.
No need to ever add fluid.
(57 & 108 models)
FENCE
Hinge Self-Closing Gate POST
GATE
GATE
POST
57 + SM 90 lb (40kg)
57 + 57 180 lb (80kg)
SM + SM 1,500 lb (680kg)
*CAUTION:
Based on max gate size 72”H x 40”W
(1800x1000mm). For gates with greater
HxW, or if weather conditions such as wind
play a role, use hinge combinations with
higher self-closing weight ratings.
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Flush Mount Brackets SELF-CLOSING - NON SAFETY Flush Mount Brackets SELF-CLOSING - SAFETY (SF Model)
Models
75108214
Bracket Material
Steel
Not suitable for child/pool safety Models
75108224
Bracket Material
Steel
Suitable for child/pool safety*
DO NOT PROP GATE OPEN
GATE
75108213 Aluminum 75108223 Aluminum
FUNCTION
Hold-open
FENCE
GATE
FENCE
GATE
Not for safety gates
Center Mount Brackets SELF-CLOSING - NON SAFETY Center Mount Brackets SELF-CLOSING - SAFETY (SF Model) Free-swinging
Models Bracket Material Not suitable for child/pool safety Models Bracket Material Suitable for child/pool safety*
75108114 Steel 75108124 Steel DO NOT PROP GATE OPEN
75108113 Aluminum 75108123 Aluminum Center Mount:
Center of gate and
post are aligned.
Flush Mount Brackets SELF-CLOSING - NON SAFETY Flush Mount Brackets SELF-CLOSING - SAFETY (SF Model)
Models Bracket Material Not suitable for child/pool safety Models Bracket Material Suitable for child/pool safety*
75057214 Steel 75057224 Steel DO NOT PROP GATE OPEN
75057213 Aluminum 75057223 Aluminum
FENCE FENCE
GATE GATE
Center Mount Brackets SELF-CLOSING - NON SAFETY Center Mount Brackets SELF-CLOSING - SAFETY (SF Model)
Models Bracket Material Not suitable for child/pool safety Models Bracket Material Suitable for child/pool safety*
75057114 Steel 75057124 Steel DO NOT PROP GATE OPEN
75057113 Aluminum 75057123 Aluminum Center Mount:
Center of gate and
post are aligned.
HARDWARE
* CAUTION: * CAUTION: A gate stop must be installed
GATE
When used on swimming pool gates, always when using SF models. Gate must not be allowed
consult local authorities for swimming pool Codes. to open past 90˚. Doing so voids warranty.
Flush Mount Brackets NON SELF-CLOSING Center Mount Brackets NON SELF-CLOSING
Models Bracket Material Models Bracket Material
75001214 Steel 75001114 Steel
75001213 Aluminum 75001113 Aluminum
FENCE
GATE
FENCE GATE
U se post bracket:
7526 Steel
Flush Mount: 7511 Aluminum Center Mount:
Face of gate and 7512 Aluminum
Center of gate and
7513 Aluminum
post are aligned post are aligned
7514 Aluminum
U se post bracket:
7525 Steel
7515 Aluminum
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Flush Mount
Item#: 7511 Item#: 7512 Item#: 7513 Item#: 7514 Item#: 7515
Center Mount Center Mount Center Mount Center Mount Flush Mount
Max Gate Horiz. Hinge Fence Post Weight
Item # Type Description Swing Adjust Gap Size Min. Mount Type (lbs)
2½-3" 2½"
7511 6026-01 Aluminum 90˚ Yes Center 0.56
(64-76mm) (64mm)
2½-3" 2½"
7512 6026-02 Aluminum 90˚ Yes Center 0.49
(64-76mm) (64mm)
2½-3" 4"
7513 6026-03 Aluminum 90˚ Yes Center 0.64
(64-76mm) (102mm)
2½" 2 ½"
7514 6026-04 Aluminum with Side Fixing Clamp 90˚ - Center 0.52
(64mm) (64mm)
½" 2"
7515 6026-05 Aluminum 180˚ - Flush 0.35
(13mm) (50mm)
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Flush Mount
HARDWARE
Pool and child safety gate models 5th dimple
GATE
Post Mounting Brackets (SF type) can be identified by the fifth
dimple on the end cap.
Aluminum Screw-On Options (Sold Separately)
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
19mm
3/4"
M37 x 1.5
2 5/32"
55mm
38mm
1 1/2"
27mm
1 1/16" 90mm
3 17/32"
57 S & 57SF S
6.4mm 14mm 28mm
1 9 1 332"
4" 16 "
19mm
3 "
4
M37 x 1.5
38mm
55mm
2532"
1 1 2"
27mm
1
1 16 "
90mm
317 32"
M37 x 1.5
38mm
1 1 2"
19mm
3
4"
FLUSH MOUNT
31 16 "
8
11 "
338" 32
55mm
2532"
62mm
2716 "
70mm
234"
4"
6mm
1
18mm
23 " M37 x 1.5
32
6mm
57 AT90 S 7 "
32
9mm
3 "
8
55mm
2532"
62mm
2716 "
70mm
234"
HARDWARE
77.5mm
6mm
GATE
1 "
31 "
4
18mm 16
23 " M37 x 1.5
32
8
32" 1
3
4
16 "
70mm
234"
55mm
2532"
M37 x 1.5
1 "
6mm
18mm
119mm 23
4 11 " 32"
16
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
KF3WT
PRODUCT FEATURES
Alignment ridges for fast
and easy installation. • Traditionally styled 5¾” (120mm) self-closing hinges
White • Aluminum construction with powder-coated finish
(Gloss)
• Wall-mount and post-mount models available
Black
(Gloss)
• Internal stainless steel closing spring
• D&D-patented tension adjustment
• One-handed tension adjustment from either end
(tension adjustment is always facing up)
• Low-friction polymer washer material
KF3ABL
Mounts to post or wall if
• Self-closes gates up to 44 lb (20kg)
no post available
KF3L2BR
CODE COLOR MODEL/FEATURE GAP VARIANCE
Two side fixing legs
for added strength KF3ABL Black Wall or post mounted Fixed at ¾” (19mm)
90mm
31 2"
90mm
31 2"
KF3L2BR Bronze 2 Side fixing legs Fixed at ½” (13mm)
KF3L2WT White 2 Side fixing legs Fixed at ½” (13mm)
NOTE: KwitFit Aluminum hinges are sold as pairs.
1 516 "
33mm
1 516 "
33mm
23.5mm
23.5mm
15 "
15 "
16
90mm
31 2"
16
33mm
1 516 "
1 15516 ""
33mm
33mm
1 516 "
33mm
1 516 "
33mm
16
23.5mm
16
15 "
16
3 "
16
23.5mm
146mm 146mm
534"
33mm
15 "
1 516 "
33mm
8mm16
8mm
5 "
16
38mm 13mm
5 "
16
38mm 13mm
534"
HARDWARE
38mm 18.5mm 33mm
KF3ABL KF3ABL 1 5
GATE
1 " 3 1 "
2 4" 16
Post/Wall-to-Gate configuration Post-to-Gate configuration KF3L2 - Post mount 89mm 56mm
1
3 2" 2316 "
89mm 56mm
31 2" 2316 "
1 1 2"
38mm
1 1 2"
38mm
89mm 26.5mm
1
3 2" 11 "
16
8mm
89mm
5 "
26.5mm
16
38mm 13mm
1 " 31 " 1
1 1 2" 38mm 2 38mm 13mm 2 1 16 "
13mm
KF3BL KF3L2BL 11 " 1 " 11 " 1 "
2 2 2 2
Post-to-Gate mount with alignment ridges Post-to-Gate mount with side-fixing legs
146mm 146mm
534" 534"
1 1 2"
38mm
65mm
9
2 16 "
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
38mm 13mm 65mm
11 " 1 "
2916 "
2 2
T: 800.784.7444 ✛ T: 908.757.2323 ✛ F: 908.757.3439
SALES@LOCKS4GATES.COM ✛ LOCKS4GATES.COM 281
KWIKFIT POLYMER HINGES
GATE HANDLES
General Purpose Gate Handle Ornamental Gate Handle
PRODUCT FEATURES PRODUCT FEATURES
• Series 3: Improved ergonomics & styling • For any flat surface gate or door
• Fits both left-hand or right-hand opening gates • Heavy gauge steel construction
• Won’t rust or stain • Superior powder coat finish & corrosion resistance
• Super-strong polymer construction • Measurements: Total Length - 11-1/8", Width - 2"
• Stainless steel fasteners included CODE COLOR GATE MATERIAL
• Side-fixing legs for quick alignment & added strength
410005 Black Metal, Wood, Vinyl
CODE COLOR GATE MATERIAL
38mm
1 1 2"
156.5mm
106mm
6316 "
4 316 "
27mm
1 1 16 "
31.5mm
1 1 4"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
1½"
"
• For left & right turning gates
• Aesthetic design ”
1½"
2⅜
• Powdercoated aluminum casing
• Fast and easy installation: Quick-fix
4½"
• Sold per pair
4"
DINOBL - Locinox DINO Hinge
DINO 330 lb (150 kg)
in Black
HARDWARE
Hinge in Black
GATE
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
KMS-DCH-4
310004
4" Mild Steel Post & Wall Mount Hinge
Heavy Duty Traditional For Use With: Iron and Wood
8" T-Hinge
Designed to mount on wall or pillar face larger than 4", with
a minimum gate frame of 3/4".
Furnished with 1/4" Super Tek Screws. Swings 180 degrees.
310007
Heavy Duty Contemporary KCLH-4D
8" T-Hinge
KMS-HDEMBIHS
8" Butterfly Hinge
GATE
KMS-10I-HB KSS-10I-HB
1" Mild Steel Ornamental Iron Hinge 1" Stainless Steel Ornamental Iron Hinge
For Use With: Iron and Wood For Use With: PVC, Iron, Aluminum and Wood
Designed for 1" and larger steel frame gates. Post can be 100% Stainless Steel. Designed for 1" and larger steel frame
1" or larger. The post and gate brackets are mild steel all gates. Post can be 1-1/2" or larger.
the other parts are stainless steel. Supplied with self drilling screws. Hinges made with
Supplied with self drilling screws. Hinges made with bearings and removable clevis pin. Swings 180 degrees.
bearings and removable clevis pin. Swings 180 degrees.
KSS-20I-H KSS-3X3HS
2" Stainless Steel Ornamental Iron Hinge 3" Stainless Steel Residential Hinge
For Use With: PVC, Iron, Aluminum and Wood For Use With: PVC, Iron, Aluminum and Wood
100% Stainless Steel. Designed for 1-1/2" and larger steel 100% Stainless Steel. Designed for 3" and larger gate frames.
frame gates. Post can be any size 2" or larger. Post can be any size 3" or larger.
Supplied with self-drilling screws. Hinges made with Supplied with stainless steel screws. Hinges made with
bearings and removable clevis pin. Swings 180 degrees. bearings and removable clevis pin. Swings 180 degrees.
KSS-35X35XHS
KSS-3XTHS
HARDWARE
GATE
3" Stainless Steel Strap Hinge 3-1/2" Stainless Steel Residential Iron Hinge
For Use With: PVC, Iron, Aluminum and Wood For Use With: PVC, Iron, Aluminum and Wood
100% Stainless Steel. This hinge combines a 3" post mount 100% Stainless Steel. Designed for 3-1/2" and larger gate
bracket with an 8" long decorative bracket. It works great frames. Post can be any size 3-1/2" or larger.
for both wood and vinyl applications. Designed for 3" Supplied with stainless steel screws. Hinges made with
and larger gate frames or solid panels. Post can be any bearings and removable clevis pin. Swings 180 degrees.
size 3" or larger.
Supplied with stainless steel screws. Hinges made with
bearings and removable clevis pin. Swings 180 degrees.
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
# Of
Gap Max Gate Max Gate
Product Sealed Yoke Body Height Weight
Product Name Variance Finish Weight Load
Number Bear- Mat’l* Mat’l inch/mm lbs/kg
Inch/mm** lbs/kg lbs/kg
ings
HARDWARE
4” (102mm) Round Bolt-on 2.7-3.2" 1,000 lbs 2,000 lbs 5.5" 5 lbs
CI2051 Zinc 2 Steel Steel
BadAss (69-81mm) (450kg) (900kg) (191mm) (2.3kg)
GATE
6” (152mm) Round Bolt-on 2.7-3.2" 1,000 lbs 2,000 lbs 7.5" 10 lbs
CI2053 Zinc 2 Steel Steel
BadAss (69-81mm) (450kg) (900kg) (191mm) (4.5kg)
8” (203mm) Round Bolt-on 2.7-3.2" 1,000 lbs 2,000 lbs 9.5" 15 lbs
CI2054 Zinc 2 Steel Steel
BadAss (69-81mm) (450kg) (900kg) (241mm) (6.8kg)
2.9-3.4" 1,000 lbs 2,000 lbs 7.5" 3.5 lbs
CI3700 Bolt-on BadAss Zinc 2 Steel Steel
(74-86mm) (450kg) (900kg) (191mm) (1.6kg)
3.0-3.5" 250 lbs 600 lbs 4.0" 2.0 lbs
CI3750 Baby Bolt-on BadAss Zinc 1 Steel Steel
(76-89mm) (110kg) (270kg) (102mm) (1kg)
2.65-3.15" 1,000 lbs 2,000 lbs 7.5" 2.5 lbs
CI3770 Half Bolt-on BadAss Zinc 2 Steel Steel
(67-80mm) (450kg) (900kg) (191mm) (1.1kg)
* Adjustable yoke for perfect installations.
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
# Of Max
Gap Max Gate Height
Product Fixing Sealed Gate Yoke Body Weight
Product Name Variance Finish Load lbs/ inch/
Number Method Bear- Weight Mat’l Mat’l lbs/kg
inch/mm kg mm
ings lbs/kg
Fixed 1/2" 1,500 lbs 3,000 lbs 5.9" 6 lbs
CI3900 6" (152mm) Strap Hinge Weld Zinc 4 Steel Steel
(13mm) (680kg) (1,360kg) (150mm) (2.7kg)
Fixed 1/2" 1,500 lbs 3,000 lbs 5.9" 7.5 lbs
CI3925 10" (254mm) Strap Hinge Weld Zinc 4 Steel Steel
(13mm) (680kg) (1,360kg) (150mm) (3.4kg)
Fixed 1/2" Bolt-on 1,500 lbs 3,000 lbs 5.9" 4.0 lbs
CI3950 Barrel Hinge Zinc 4 Steel Steel
(13mm) or Weld (680kg) (1,360kg) (150mm) (1.8kg)
Fixed 1/2" 1,500 lbs 3,000 lbs 5.9" 13.5 lbs
CI3975 Uphill Strap Hinge Set* Weld Zinc 4/4 Steel Steel
(13mm) (680kg) (1,360kg) (150mm) (6.1kg)
*Set comes with one CI3900 and one CI3925.
Finish
Tack Welding
Weld
HARDWARE
Gate Open
GATE
Gate Open
pe
pe Driveway Slo
Driveway Slo
Step 1: Place gate in closed position. Align hinges Step 2: Tack weld top plate to gate. Tack weld Step 3: Swing open the gate to test alignment. Step 4: If tack welds hold, hinge may be
to the driveway slope. Be sure hinges are aligned bottom plate to post. Support gate while If welds do not hold, hinges are not properly completely welded. Support gate while
with each other. welding to insure no sagging occurs. aligned. Repeat from step one. welding to insure no sagging occurs.
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Heavy Duty Steel Roller Bearing Hinge Steel Roller Bearing Hinge
KEY FEATURES KEY FEATURES
• Three sealed maintenance free bearings (no greasing) • Three sealed maintenance free bearings (no greasing)
• Adjustable yoke for perfect installations • Adjustable yoke for perfect installations
• Ideal for both round and flat post installations • Ideal for both round and flat post installations
• Load rating per gate: 3,000 lbs (1,360kg) • Upgraded yoke and grade 8 bolt (Shaft)
CI3500 • Maximum gate weight: 1,500 lbs (680kg) CI3520 • Load rating per gate: 3,000 lbs (1,360kg)
• Maximum gate weight: 1,500 lbs (680kg
Light Duty Steel Roller Bearing Hinge Light Duty Steel Roller Bearing Hinge -
KEY FEATURES Rusted Look
• One sealed maintenance free bearing (no greasing) KEY FEATURES
• Slotted for easy adjustment • One sealed maintenance free bearing (no greasing)
• Ideal for flat or round post installations • Slotted for easy adjustment
• Load rating per gate: 500 lbs (230kg) • Round or plate post installations
CI3600 • Maximum gate weight: 300 lbs (140kg) CI3620 • Load rating per gate: 500 lbs (230kg)
• Maximum gate weight: 300 lbs (140kg)
Aluminum Roller Bearing Hinge Light Duty Aluminum Roller Bearing Hinge
KEY FEATURES KEY FEATURES
• Two sealed maintenance free bearings (no greasing) • One sealed maintenance free bearing (no greasing)
• Adjustable yoke for perfect installations • Slotted for easy adjustment
• Ideal for both flat and round post installations • Round or plate post installations
• Load rating per gate: 1,000 lbs (450kg) • Load rating per gate: 500 lbs (230kg)
CI3400 • Maximum gate weight: 600 lbs (270kg) • Maximum gate weight: 300 lbs (140kg)
CI3650
Light Duty Steel/Aluminum
Roller Bearing Hinge
KEY FEATURES
• One sealed maintenance free bearing (no greasing)
• Slotted for easy adjustment
• Round or plate post installations
CI3670 • Load rating per gate: 500 lbs (230kg)
• Maximum gate weight: 300 lbs (140kg)
# Of
Gap Max Gate Max Gate
Product Sealed Yoke Body Height Weight
Product Name Variance Finish Weight Load
Number Bear- Mat’l* Mat’l inch/mm lbs/kg
Inch/mm** lbs/kg lbs/kg
ings
2.4-2.9" Unfinished / 600 lbs 1,000 lbs 3.8" 2.5 lbs
CI3200 Alum/Steel BadAss Combo 2 Aluminum Steel
(61-74mm) Zinc (270kg) (450kg) (97mm) (1.1kg)
2.4-2.9" Zinc / 600 lbs 1,000 lbs 3.8" 2 lbs
CI3300 Steel/Alum BadAss Combo 2 Steel Aluminum
(61-74mm) Unfinished (270kg) (450kg) (97mm) (1kg)
2.4-2.9" 600 lbs 1,000 lbs 3.8" 2 lbs
CI3400 Aluminum BadAss Unfinished 2 Aluminum Aluminum
(61-74mm) (270kg) (450kg) (97mm) (1kg)
2.5-3.0" 300 lbs 500 lbs 1.3" 0.5 lbs
CI3650 Baby BadAss Aluminum Unfinished 1 Aluminum Aluminum
(64-76mm) (140kg) (230kg) (33mm) (0.2kg)
Baby BadAss Steel/Alum 2.5-3.0" Zinc / 300 lbs 500 lbs 1.3" 1 lbs
CI3670 1 Steel Aluminum
Combo (64-76mm) Unfinished (140kg) (230kg) (33mm) (0.5kg)
HARDWARE
Tightest tolerance in the industry
GATE
• Virtually frictionless rotation
Sealed Bearings
• Require no greasing Maintenance free
• Hinge options with 1, 2, 3 and 4 Body (mount to gate)
bearings per hinge • Fits round or flat surfaces
• Performs better with longer life than roller
cages that require periodic greasing
• Stainless steel model includes stainless steel
sealed bearings Stover Lock Nut
• Uniquely shaped threads that provide a vibration resistant
Yoke (mount to post) friction fit so the nut stays put Top thread section is deformed
• Straight bends in yoke provide maximum to create two or three locking zones - Can be reused 2-3 times
horizontal adjustment range • These all metal locknuts withstand higher
• Straight bends in yoke provide maximum temperatures than nylon insert locknuts
welding surface
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
pillar
steel pillar nut for wall nut for
adjusting “R” adjusting “R” welding
locking
locking pin
pin
adjustment
and fastening
screws
OUT
knurled
knurled screw
screw fixing fixing
welding
R
R R
R
gate
frame leaf
HARDWARE
steel pillar /
wall
R
R door gate and bearing
welding on
the wing
92G
washer /
• Hinge
bearing
welding
height: 2-1/2"
• Hinge width:
frame
gate
leaf 2-1/4" - 2-1/2"
• Capacity
675 lbs.
welding welding
welding on frame
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
adjustment
key “R”
Weight
capacity
Item # Height per pair connecting
pin
HARDWARE
adjusting and
fastening screw • Diameter of Bearing: 1-3/4"
GATE
steel pillar / wall
bearing housing
ø 45 mm
R
86L-P
• Total height: 3-3/4"
fixing
• Total width: 4" screws
floor
1⅛" W
11/16" D
140mm
M22
51/2"
135mm
5 5/16"
ALUMINUM WELD ON HINGES
170mm
6 11/16"
Sold individually
• Tear-drop profile
• High Load Capacity
HARDWARE
Mounted
Ø30
MODEL LENGTH WEIGHT
SH33 1 3/16" (LOAD PER PAIR)
ALU080 3 -3/16" 350LBS
NO HOLE BUTT WELDING HINGE ALU100 4" 500LBS
Sold as pair ALU150 6" 650LBS
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
3-5/8"
9/16"
HINGE ILLUSTRATION
9/16"
1"
2-1/16"
9/16" hole to take 1/2" pin 4-1/16"
91/1 1/2" thread
HARDWARE
3/4" 3/4".
GATE
91/3 E Width of
plate 1-1/4". C
F 7/16" hole.
ANTI-THEFT COLLAR
With grub screw Hinge
91/1
GUDGEON 91/8 OR 91/5 D
¾"
3"
BRHJ7-8
8" Hinge BRHJ5
5.75" ¾ Bolt 5" Hinge
Chrome Ball Bearing 3.75" ⅝ Bolt 2"
3"
900 lbs/pr capacity Chrome Ball Bearing
500 lbs/pr capacity
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
HARDWARE
to suit 90/34 LATCH to suit 90/34 LATCH
GATE
210004
Thumb Latch
210006
Contemporary Post Latch
210005
Slide Bolt HDSB
Heavy duty slide bolt
3-3/4" H x 5-5/8" W x 1-1/4" D
KMS-2FLIP KSS-3X3LS
2" Mild Steel Gate Latch for Walk and Double Gates 3" Stainless Steel Residential Latch
For Use With: Steel For Use With: PVC, Iron, Aluminum and Wood
A variation on the traditional fork latch. this mild steel latch All components are made of stainless steel. The latch does
is designed for ornamental steel and provides positive, not rust over time as paint is worn off by bar hitting receiver.
lockable security and easy operation. This latch is non-handed, and can be converted easily in the
field to either side of gate.
HARDWARE
GATE
KSS-DDLS
KMS-HDEMBSL
3-1/4" Stainless Steel Double Drive
Gate Bar Latch
For Use With: PVC, Iron, Aluminum and
Mild Steel Embassy Heavy Duty 1" Slide Bolt Latch
Wood
For Use With: PVC, Iron, Aluminum and Wood
Versatile double drive gate latch adjusts
Heavy duty latch for large gates. Fits a gate frame of 3-1/2"
0 to 4" to match gate spacing. All stainless
or larger and a post of 4" or larger.
steel components are lockable. Works well
with a drop rod. Fits gate frames 1" x 3-1/4" or larger.
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
77mm
TCGS1 TCGS2 TCGS3
31 32" 62mm
2716 " 33mm
1 516 "
1 2532"
45mm
30mm
1 316 "
60mm
238"
16 "
22mm
21mm
8"
7
13
70mm
234"
HARDWARE
GATE
Aluminum gatestop with
anchor bolt.
• Runaway stop
Height adjustable from
• Mounted via screws
2-1/2" to 5-1/2" • 4-3/4" high
202
GATESTOP
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
62mm
2 7/16"
34mm 27mm
1 5/16" 1 1/16"
MagnaLatch® Series 3
62mm
2 7/16"
Top Pull
34mm 27mm
56mm
GAP VARIANCE
2 3/16"
HARDWARE
64mm
2 1/2"
64mm
2 1/2"
12 7/16"
316mm
29mm
1 1/8" 29mm
1 1/8"
73mm
2 7/8"
73mm
2 7/8"
54mm
2 1/8"
54mm
2 1/8"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
E
• Single alert beep each time gate is entered/exited
6 PIN
LOC
K
• Full alarm mode if gate is left open for 15 seconds
• Optional: Touch-sensor disarm feature
• Long-life lithium battery included
62mm
2 7/16"
34mm 27mm
1 5/16" 1 1/16"
62mm
2 7/16"
MagnaLatch® ALERT
34mm 27mm Top Pull
1 5/16" 1 1/16"
MagnaLatch ALERT ®
56mm GAP VARIANCE
Vertical Pull 2 3/16" [13mm] 1/2" - [38mm] 1 1/2"
56mm
2 3/16" GAP VARIANCE
[13mm] 1/2" - [38mm] 1 1/2"
520mm
20 1/2"
85mm
3 3/8"
HARDWARE
GATE
85mm
3 3/8"
12 7/16"
316mm
29mm
1 1/8"
29mm
1 1/8"
2 7/8"
73mm
2 7/8"
73mm
54mm
2 1/8"
85mm
3 3/8" 54mm
NOTE: All MagnaLatch Series 3 and 2 1/8"
ALERT models are keyed alike 85mm
3 3/8"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
PRODUCT FEATURES CODE FEATURE COLOR GATE MATERIAL IDEAL GAP GAP VARIANCE
Metal, ¾” ⅜” - 1 ½”
LLAA Latch only Black, White
Wood, Vinyl (19mm) (10-38mm)
• High-tech, stylish design
Metal,
LLB EAK only Black, White - -
• Key lockable - No need for padlock Wood, Vinyl
• External Access Kit (optional) allows for operation LLAAB Latch + EAK Black, White
Metal, ¾” ⅜” - 1 ½”
Wood, Vinyl (19mm) (10-38mm)
from both sides of gate Round Post 1½ 1” - 2”
LLABRND Black Chainlink
• Vertical & horizontal adjustment Latch + EAK (38mm) (25-50mm)
E
6 PIN
LOC
K
Self-Locking Gate Latch for Hotels & Apartments
PRODUCT FEATURES CODE COLOR KEYED GATE MATERIAL IDEAL GAP GAP VARIANCE
Black, ¾” ½” - 1 ½”
LLP1S Different Metal, Wood
White (19mm) (13-38mm)
• Self-locking: automatically locks when gate closes
HARDWARE
¾” ½” - 1 ½”
LLP1S-KSA Black Alike Metal, Wood
GATE
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
24mm m
m
31 25mm 35 /8"
32" 1" 25mm 13
1" [48mm-51mm]
1 7/8 - 2”
29mm
25mm 20mm 60mm
1" 1 532" 25 238" 41mm
32"
1 58"
73mm
278"
NOTE: All standard
LokkLatch models
are keyed alike
32mm
1 1 4"
30mm 37.5mm
26mm
1 532" 1 15 32"
1 1 32" 83mm
3932"
27mm 38mm
25mm
1
1 16 " 1 1 2" 1" 148.5mm 78mm
5 2732" 3 1 16 "
LLP1S LLP2S
HARDWARE
GATE
17mm
21 50mm 38mm 36.5mm
38mm
32" 1 31 32" 1 716 "
1 1 2" 1 1 2"
37mm 36mm 118mm
17mm
21 " 1 15 " 1 13 32" 37mm 172.5mm 4 21 32"
32 49mm 49mm 25
32
25mm 1 15 16" 1 15 32" 1 15 16"
6 32"
1"
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
[ 71mm ]
22532"
• Model for glass pool gates available
[ 29mm ]
1532"
• Vertical & horizontal adjustment [ 18mm]
[ 71mm ]
22532"
[ 29mm ]
1532"
CODE COLOR MODEL - FEATURE IDEAL GAP GAP VARIANCE [ 18mm]
23 "
Key Lockable 32
MLSPS2L Black
Side Pull
⅜” (10mm) ⁵/¹⁶” - ¹¹/¹⁶” (7-17mm) [ 31mm ] [ 31mm ]
1 732" 1 732"
MLSPS2 Black Side Pull ⅜” (10mm) ⁵/¹⁶” - ¹¹/¹⁶” (7-17mm)
Toggle-style, Padlockable
Gravity Gate Latch
PRODUCT FEATURES
32
24mm 24mm
15 " 15
16 16 "
210002
210001 Heavy Duty Gravity Latch 210007
Regular Duty Heavy Duty Gravity Latch
Gravity Latch with Cable and O-Ring
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
E
6 PIN
LOC
K
• Operates and locks from both sides of the gate
• Proven D&D-patented magnetic latching
• Black trim covers included (metallic options)
Black Trim
• No visible fasteners
• Keyed-alike or keyed different
• Dual 6-pin rekeyable locks
• Vertical & horizontal adjustment
• Match trim covers with TruClose Series 3 hinges
CODE COLOR TRIM FINISH KEYING STYLE IDEAL GAP GAP VARIANCE
Brushed Trim
LLMKABT Black Black Keyed Alike ¾” (19mm) ⅜” - 1 ¼” (10-32mm)
LLMKACT Black Chrome Keyed Alike ¾” (19mm) ⅜” - 1 ¼” (10-32mm)
LLMKAST Black Brushed Keyed Alike ¾” (19mm) ⅜” - 1 ¼” (10-32mm)
LLMKDBT Black Brushed Keyed Different ¾” (19mm) ⅜” - 1 ¼” (10-32mm)
LLMKDCT Black Brushed Keyed Different ¾” (19mm) ⅜” - 1 ¼” (10-32mm)
LLMKDST Black Brushed Keyed Different ¾” (19mm) ⅜” - 1 ¼” (10-32mm)
Chrome Trim
58mm
2 1 4"
100mm
315 16 "
29mm
99mm
1 1 8"
378" 48mm 108mm
1 78" 41 4"
38mm
29mm
1 1 2" 29mm
1 1 8" 1
1 8"
221mm
8 11 16 "
55mm
21 8"
Features
reliable
magnetic
technology
HARDWARE
Decorative
trim
GATE
finishes
included
Locks and
operates from
both sides of
the gate
Quick
and easy
installation.
Requires only
one drilled
hole.
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
VY
HEA T Y 1150 KEYLESS MECHANICAL DIGITAL SPRING LATCH DOOR LOCK
DU RIT Y Lockey 1150 Keyless Mechanical Digital Spring Latch Door Lock is a bump proof, pick proof,
U
SEC RING mechanical keyless door lock that is ADA compliant and does not require wires, batteries or
SP TCH
LA electricity. This lock can be set to lock every time the door closes or can be set to remain in the
unlocked position with the passage function. With the passage function the spring latch will
release when the handle is used to open the door and will go back into the door jam when the
door closes.
when ordering.
• Teflon coated inner parts
GATE
GB1150 - Steel
GB1150AL - Aluminum
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
VY
HEA Y
DUT OLT
DB
M210 KEYLESS MECHANICAL DIGITAL DEADBOLT DOOR LOCK
D A URIT Y
E
S E C Lockey M210 Keyless Mechanical Digital Deadbolt Door Lock is a bump proof, pick proof,
mechanical keyless door lock that does not require wires, batteries or electricity.
This lock is perfect to replace your existing deadbolt or for brand new doors. These provide
keyless security, are easy to install and use, fit most doors and are weather resistant.
HARDWARE
• Combination can be 2-5 digits in length with tumblers provided
GATE
• Double combination (DC) available
GATE BOX
M210SN - Deadbolt Door Lock
in Satin Nickel • Can be welded or bolted
M210SC - Deadbolt Door Lock on gate frame
in Satin Chrome • Measures
M210JB - Deadbolt Door Lock 4-1/8"W x 6"H x 1-3/4"D
in Jet Black with 2-3/8" backset
M210MG - Deadbolt Door Lock
in Marine Grade
GB200M - Steel
GB200MAL - Aluminum
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
• 1-1/8" backset
• 1-1/2" throw
• Five-ply laminated steel bolt with concealed hardened steel pin for maximum security
• Fits doors 1-3/8" to 2" thick
• Outside knob is 1" diameter
• For right or left handed doors/changeable handling
• Combination is easily changed
• Lock only dimensions 5-5/8" H X 1-5/8" W X 1-7/16" D
• Total lock dimensions with trim plates 6" H X 2" W X 1-1/2" D
• Combination can be 2-7 digits in length with tumblers provided
• Double combination (DC) available
D
TISE 2950 KEYLESS MECHANICAL DIGITAL MORTISED HOOK BOLT
MOR K BOLTW
HOONARRO DOOR LOCK
FOR STILE
RS
DOO Lockey 2950 Keyless Mechanical Digital Mortised Hook Bolt Door Lock. For narrow stile doors is
a bump proof, pick proof, mechanical keyless door lock that does not require wires, batteries or
electricity.
Five-ply laminated steel bolt with concealed hardened steel pin for maximum security.
• 1-1/8" backset
• 7/8" throw
• Five-ply laminated steel hook bolt with concealed hardened steel pin for maximum security
• Fits doors 1-3/8" to 2" thick
• Outside knob is 1" diameter
• For right or left handed doors/changeable handling
• Combination is easily changed
• Lock only dimensions 5-5/8" H X 1-5/8" W X 1-7/16" D
HARDWARE
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
13/16"
2-3/8"
6-5/16"
5-9/16"
2-3/8”
Powdercoated Silver 1-1/4
"
LAPQ10USL- Fits: 3/8" - 1" Bar
LAKQ30USL- Fits: 1-1/4" Tube
LAKQ40USL- Fits: 1-1/2" - 2" Tube
LAKQ60USL- Fits: 2-1/2" - 3" Tube
SAKLQFAL - Aluminum SHKLQFAL - Aluminum 3019LA - For lock 3018LA - For standard 6403 - For security Powdercoated Black
SAKLQFBL - Black SHKLQFBL - Black keep keep LK30UBL
Electric Strike Gate Stop FREE EXIT OPTIONS For 1-3/8" gate
For profiles Recommended frame
greater than 2". gap 1/4". LK40UBL
HARDWARE
Recommended For 1-5/8", 1-7/8"
GATE
gap 7/8". gate frame
Powdercoated Silver
Push handle set LK30USL
in aluminum For 1-3/8" gate
Aluminum Push Bar
frame
3006PUSH PUSHBAR
SE-E - Electric strike, fail SAKZ40BL LK40USL
secure for LA locks The handle set ONLY fits the Push bar for easy opening of the For 1-5/8", 1-7/8"
SE-R - Electric strike, fail Industrial lock and allows it gate by a simple push. The Push gate frame
open for LA locks to be used in the following bar replaces the normal handle,
The strike is equipped applications: Safety Exit, Free operates the daybolt and can
with a double blocking Exit, Dead Latch, or Store Room quickly be installed on a new
system which supports Lock. The PUSH-set replaces the or existing Locinox LAKQ U2 or
1000 lb pulling-force. handle. LFKQ chassis.
Voltage 12V AC/DC.
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
MIN.
3-3/4
"
3-9/1 2 x Ø3/8"
6"
2 x Ø5/8"
4 x Ø3/4"
13/16"
Powdercoated Black
LAPQ10HBL- Fits: 3/8" - 1" Bar
LAKQ30HBL- Fits: 1-1/4" Tube
2-3/8"
LAKQ40HBL- Fits: 1-1/2" - 2" Tube
LAKQ60HBL- Fits: 2-1/2" - 3" Tube
6-5/16"
2-3/8"
"
1-1/4
1000 lb pulling-force.
The 3006HK can be used for FREE The 3006KR can be purchased for Voltage 12V AC/DC.
EXIT to convert the standard handle FREE EXIT to accomplish "one side
from double sided working and one
to "one side side blocked"
working and with a knob on
one side blocked both sides.
(no handle)".
3006HK 3006KR
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
13/16"
Powdercoated Black
2-3/8"
LAPY10FBL- Fits: 3/8" - 3/4" Bar
LAPY20FBL- Fits: 3/4" - 1" Bar
6-5/16"
5-9/16"
LAKY20FBL- Fits: 1" Tube
2-3/8"
LAKY30FBL- Fits: 1-1/4" Tube
LAKY40FBL- Fits: 1-1/2" Tube
"
LAKY50FBL- Fits: 2" Tube 1-1/4
HARDWARE
GATE
FREE EXIT OPTIONS OFFSET INSTALLATION BRACKET
The 3006HK can be used for FREE The 3006KR can be purchased for Use to surface mount lock.
EXIT to convert the standard handle FREE EXIT to accomplish "one side
Recommended gap 1/2".
from double sided working and one
to "one side side blocked" LOCK NOT
working and with a knob on INCLUDED
one side blocked both sides.
(no handle)".
3006HK 3006KR
IKIT60BL - Black
IKIT60AL - Aluminum
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
13/16"
FREE EXIT OPTIONS
Powdercoated Black Powdercoated Black
2-3/8"
LMKQ30VBL- Fits: 1-1/4" Tube LFKQ30XBL- Fits: 1-1/4" Tube
8-1/2"
LMKQ40VBL- Fits: 1-1/2" - 2" Tube LFKQ40XBL- Fits: 1-1/2" - 2" Tube
5-9/16"
LMKQ60VBL- Fits: 2-1/2" - 3" Tube LFKQ60XBL- Fits: 2-1/2" - 3" Tube
2-3/8"
Powdercoated Silver Powdercoated Silver
LMKQ30VSL- Fits: 1-1/4" Tube LFKQ30XSL- Fits: 1-1/4" Tube
LMKQ40VSL- Fits: 1-1/2" - 2" Tube LFKQ40XSL- Fits: 1-1/2" - 2" Tube "
1-1/4
LMKQ60VSL- Fits: 2-1/2" - 3" Tube LFKQ60XSL- Fits: 2-1/2" - 3" Tube MIN.
4-3/8
" 2 x Ø5/8"
Standard keep Security keep Gate Stop USE ONLY WITH USE ONLY WITH
FREE EXIT LOCK FREE EXIT LOCK
Must have Must have Recommended
minimum minimum gap 1/4".
1-1/4" gap. 1-1/4" gap.
Use where
Push handle set
higher
in aluminum
security is Aluminum Push Bar
desired. 3006PUSH PUSHBAR
The handle set ONLY fits the Push bar for easy opening of
SAKZ40BL Industrial lock and allows it the gate by a simple push. The
to be used in the following Push bar replaces the normal
SAKLQFAL - Aluminum SHKLQFAL - Aluminum applications: Safety Exit, Free handle, operates the daybolt
SAKLQFBL - Black SHKLQFBL - Black Exit, Dead Latch, or Store Room and can quickly be installed
Lock. The PUSH-set replaces the on a new or existing Locinox
HARDWARE
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
• Voltage: 12 V AC/DC
• Current: 0.3 A
• Loss of power ≥ Lock will release the knobs (fail open)
• LED-indication: blocked knobs
• Easy left or right hand changing of the
self-latching bolt
• Throw of 7/8" in 1 turn of the key
MIN.
• Adjustment of the bolts up to 3/4" continuous 3-3/4
"
without removing the lockbox 3-9/1 2 x Ø3/8"
6"
• 4-hole mounting with two hex head 2 x Ø5/8"
socket screws 4 x Ø3/4"
• Center distance between bolts: 2-3/8"
13/16"
Powdercoated Black
LEKQ30UBL- Fits: 1-1/4" Tube
LEKQ40UBL- Fits: 1-1/2" - 2" Tube
Powdercoated Silver
6-5/16"
LEKQ30USL- Fits: 1-1/4" Tube
5-9/16"
LEKQ40USL- Fits: 1-1/2" - 2" Tube
2-3/8"
15/16"
"
1-1/4
Ø1/2"
GATE STOPS AND STRIKES
Standard keep Security keep Gate Stop
Must have Must have Recommended
minimum minimum gap 1/4".
1-1/4" gap. 1-1/4" gap.
Use where
higher
security is
desired.
SAKZ40BL
HARDWARE
ROUND POST ADAPTERS
GATE
Adapter Adapter Adapter
plate for plate for plate for
round posts round posts round posts
Ø ≥ 1-3/8". Ø ≥ 2". Ø ≥ 2".
3019LA - For lock 3018LA - For standard keep 6403 - For security keep
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
1-7/8"
Mechanical
Code Lock
5-9/16"
"
1-1/4
Powdercoated Black
LLKZXXVBL 3-13/1
6"
MIN.
Powdercoated Silver 4-3/8
"
LLKZXXVSL
Adapter CLH
plate for
round posts Note: Latch post
Ø ≥ 1-3/8". has to be square
since SSKZ-QF
keep does not fit
on round posts.
HARDWARE
• Profile length: 6 feet
Delivered with self drilling
GATE
•
screws
1-7/16"
The strike is equipped with a continuous without removing the lock
double blocking system which • Mechanism, hook, front plate, latchbolt: stainless steel
supports 1000 lb (500Kg) • Throw of the hook: 1-1/4"
3-5/8"
8-11/16"
shown below)
installations. The electric strike
is available in a Fail Secure or
HARDWARE
1-7/16"
cylinder latchbolt: stainless steel
• Stainless steel hook for night
locking (dead bolt)
8-5/8"
Throw of the hook: 1-1/4"
8-3/8"
•
7"
7-11/16"
KEEP NOT HWLB
INCLUDED. Metal welding box for
SELECT ONE hybrid Mortise lock.
FROM BELOW. Size: 2-3/8" x 1-9/16" x 1/8"
8-5/8" (5/64” thickness, "
14 gauge) 1-3/8
WELDING BOX AND KEEP/STOP FOR ELECTRIC STRIKE FOR INSERT LOCKS
MORTISE LOCK SEH SEH-E - Electric strike, fail secure for insert locks
SEH-R - Electric strike, fail open for insert locks
HWKB
Hybrid keep and weld box for Mortise lock. This electric strike is for swing gates using our Mortise
The welding box in black steel 60x40 mm x locks. The strike is equipped with a double blocking system
2 mm thick (2-3/8" x 1-1/2") can be welded which supports 1000 lb (500Kg) pulling-force. This keep
into the latch post. The strike plate in is extremely strong and the ideal solution for your access
stainless steel with integrated stop ensures control installations. The electric strike is available in a Fail
a finished look and smooth locking. Secure or Fail Safe model.
HARDWARE
Recommended gap 7/8".
GATE
HYBRID KEEP FOR METAL
SHKM
Adjustable for profiles: 1-1/2"
to 2-1/2".
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
2”
/3
• Easy mounting with Quick-Fix 25/32”
25
• Adjustable freerun for perfect
closing (final snap)
/ 8”
• For left and right opening gates 4-11/32”
2-3
• Opening angle: 180°
5-9/16”
• Powdercoated aluminum casing
• Double stainless steel bearing
5-9/16”
2”
• 2-dimensionally adjustable
15-3/4”
(2 x 20 mm)
• For gates up to 330 lbs.
(max. 47¼” wide)
• Easy to open: Max. 15 Nm of force
• Conforms to all regulations
regarding max allowed forces to open gates Ø 5/8” (8x)
4-11/32”
1-9/16”
• Bottom Dino hinge included
”
/8
4-11/32”
2-3
• Especially designed for exterior use:
rain & frost-proof
1-9/16”
• Aesthetic design
2”
• Burglar proof and anti-theft
• Closing speed unaffected by temperature changes
HARDWARE
GATE
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
• Tested to -22° F
1-3/4”
3-1/4”
1-3/8”
1-3/16”
Ø 9/16”
2” 1-5/8” 2-13/16
”
M i n . 3”
1-3/8”
2”
3-7/16”
1-3/8”
4”
HARDWARE
in silver
GATE
25/32”
1-3/16”
4-3/16”
”
/8
2-3
2-3/4”
10-7/16”
Ø9/16” (6x)
Ø1-7/8”
1-9/16”
4-3/16”
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
VCSL - STD
With arm for
180° hinge & wall
situations
VCSL - RAIL
With arm and
rail for 90° hinge
situations
Verticlose Standard
Verticlose Rail
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
• Easy to install
TB200BL - Light Duty Closer • Installs on side, top, middle or bottom of right or left hand gates
in Black • Mounts on opening side of gate, pushing the gate closed
TB200SS - Light Duty Closer in • Maximum opening angle of 110 degrees** (LockeyUSA® recommends use of a
Stainless Steel mechanical stop to restrict opening angle)
• Closers available in black and stainless steel finishes
TB400BL - Medium Duty Closer
in Black Technical Overview
TB400SS - Medium Duty Closer
TB200 (Light Duty) TB400 (Medium Duty) TB600 (Heavy Duty)
in Stainless Steel
Max. Gate Weight 50-125 lbs. 75-175 lbs. 150-250 lbs.
TB600BL - Heavy Duty Closer Max. Gate Width 36-52 in. 40-64 in. 44-72 in.
in Black Max. Opening Angle 110 degrees** 110 degrees** 110 degrees**
TB600SS - Heavy Duty Closer Type of Gate Material Vinyl, Steel, Wood Vinyl, Steel, Wood Vinyl, Steel, Wood
in Stainless Steel Closing/Latch Method Hydraulic/Nitrogen Gas Hydraulic/Nitrogen Gas Hydraulic/Nitrogen Gas
Material Steel/Stainless Steel Steel/Stainless Steel Steel/Stainless Steel
Color Black or Stainless Steel Black or Stainless Steel Black or Stainless Steel
Hinge Arrangements In-line or Offset In-line or Offset In-line or Offset
Opening Pressure Approx. 3-7 lbs. Approx. 6-12 lbs. Approx. 8-18 lbs.
HARDWARE
GATE
SPRINGS FOR WOOD GATES
• Safe & easy installation – No special tools required
• Long life – Tested to over 1 million cycles
• Safety – Tension adjustable to ensure gate closes long after
11" Spring
installation
410001
• Easy to adjust – Springs include stickers to assist consumer in
14" Spring adjusting tension
410002
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
• Easy to install
• Installs on side, top, middle or bottom of right or left hand gates
TB250B - Light Duty Adjustable • Mounts on opening side of gate, pushing the gate closed
Closer in Black • Maximum opening angle of 110 degrees** (LockeyUSA® recommends use of a
TB250G - Light Duty Adjustable mechanical stop to restrict opening angle)
Closer in Gray • Closers available in black, gray, and white
TB250W - Light Duty Adjustable
Technical Overview
Closer in White
TB250+ (Light Duty) TB450+ (Medium Duty) TB650+ (Heavy Duty)
TB450B - Medium Duty Adjustable Max. Gate Weight 50-125 lbs. 75-175 lbs. 150-250 lbs.
Closer in Black Max. Gate Width 36-52 in. 40-64 in. 44-72 in.
TB450G - Medium Duty Adjustable Max. Opening Angle 110 degrees** 110 degrees** 110 degrees**
Closer in Gray
Type of Gate Material Vinyl, Steel, Wood Vinyl, Steel, Wood Vinyl, Steel, Wood
TB450W - Medium Duty Adjustable
Closing/Latch Method Hydraulic/Nitrogen Gas Hydraulic/Nitrogen Gas Hydraulic/Nitrogen Gas
Closer in White
Material Steel Steel Steel/Stainless Steel
TB650B - Heavy Duty Adjustable Color Black or Stainless Steel Black or Stainless Steel Black or Stainless Steel
Closer in Black Hinge Arrangements In-line or Offset In-line or Offset In-line or Offset
TB650G - Heavy Duty Adjustable Opening Pressure Approx. 3-7 lbs. Approx. 6-12 lbs. Approx. 8-18 lbs.
Closer in Gray
TB650W - Heavy Duty Adjustable
Closer in White CHAINLINK MOUNTING KIT COMPATIBLE WITH TB250+/450+/650+
• Works on Fence Posts 2" - 2-7/8"
Includes
- One Post Bracket
- One U-Bolt
- Two Machine Screws
TB-LINX - Steel - Four Lock Nuts
• Self-closing
• Closer acts like a hinge, includes pivot bracket
for opposite end of gate
• Closing and latching
• Can be mounted on either top or bottom
of the gate
Top Pivot, included • 2-way operation (swing-in / swing-out) for
right or left-handed gates
HARDWARE
Technical Overview
CHAINLINK MOUNTING KIT Max. Gate Weight 240 lbs.
• Works on Fence Posts 2" - 2-7/8" Max. Gate Width 48 in.
Includes Max. Opening Angle 90 degrees (without adapter plate)
- Two (2) Post Brackets Type of Gate Material Vinyl, Steel, Wood, Aluminum
- Two (2) U-Bolts Material Steel
- Two (2) Weldable Plates
Color Zinc Gold
- Four (4) Lock Nuts
Finish Zinc Coated
TB-950-LINX - Steel
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
TOUCH BAR RIM PANIC EXIT DEVICE TOUCH BAR RIM PANIC EXIT DEVICE
TRIM KEYED ENTRY LEVER TRIM NIGHT LATCH HANDLESET
PB-NLED - Aluminum
PB-LHED - Aluminum
HARDWARE
• Modular design accepts a variety of outside
V-40-EB-W- Weatherproof Panic Bar with trims and functions
GATE
Alarm in Aluminum with Black • Keyless Locks available
DETEX TRIMS
Trims are zinc castings
V-08BN-689 - Passage Lever (Entrance by lever. Key locks or unlocks lever and can
be left unlocked.)
V-09BN-689 - Janitor Lever (Entrance by lever only when released by key. Key
removable only when locked. No option to keep
unlocked)
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
ALARM SAFETY KIT PANIC BAR AND PANIC SHIELD ALARM SECURITY KIT PANIC BAR AND PANIC SHIELD
PSDXALSAF24B - Detex Alarm Panic Safety Kit in Black PSDXALSEC24B - Detex Alarm Panic Security Kit in Black
PSDXALSAF24S - Detex Alarm Panic Safety Kit in Silver PSDXALSEC24S - Detex Alarm Panic Security Kit in Silver
HARDWARE
GATE
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
LB118BX Black, White Metal Gates 18” (450mm) CODE COLOR GATE MATERIAL BOLT LENGTH
LB124BX Black, White Vinyl & Wood Gates 24” (610mm) QB124 Black Metal Gates 24” (610mm)
QB224 Black Vinyl & Wood Gates 24” (610mm)
LB218BX Black Metal Gates 18” (450mm)
QB140 Black Metal Gates 40” (1020mm)
LB224BX Black Vinyl & Wood Gates 24” (610mm) QB240 Black Vinyl & Wood Gates 40” (1020mm)
LBBPGB Black Optional Base Plate - LBBPGB Black Optional Base Plate –
2-1/2" wide
90/19 90/21 90/22 90/23
HARDWARE
GATE
500mm
Drawing C showing:
20”
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
OGS
GATE
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
SLIDING GATE
SYSTEMS
CANTILEVER SLIDING GATE HARDWARE
Accomodates up
to 4000 lbs with
a 59 ft opening
Enclo
roller sys sed
tem
comply w helps
ASTM F2 ith
20
UL325 sa 0 &
fe
standard ty
s.
to watch
video
CG-15G
CGS-346G
CGS- 345G
CG-348-M20
CGS-347G
Benefits
• Higher weight capacity • Cost effective compared
CGS-346G • Works with any gate material to traditional cantilever
• Smaller overall gate length hardware
• Reduces load on gate operator • Easy to install
• Low maintenance • Durable even for high traffic
CGS-350.8G applications
• Minimal visible hardware
Accessories
CGS-347G CGS-347P CGS-347P CGS-347M CGI-347P CGA-347P CGA-347M
End Wheel End Wheel End Wheel End Wheel End Wheel End Wheel End Wheel
for Track for Track for Track for Track for Track for Track for Track
CGS-346G CGS-346P CGS-346P CGS-346M CGI-346P CGS-346P CGA-346M
Bottom End Cup for Bottom End Cup for Bottom End Cup Bottom End Cup Bottom End Cup for Bottom End Cup Bottom End
Track Track for Track for Track Track for Track Cupfor Track
CG-15G CG-15P CG-15P CG-15M CG-15P CG-15P CG-15M
Adjustable Wall Adjustable Wall Adjustable Wall Adjustable Wall Adjustable Wall Adjustable Wall Adjustable Wall
Mounting Bracket Mounting Bracket Mounting Bracket Mounting Bracket Mounting Bracket Mounting Bracket Mounting Bracket
CG-30G CG-30P CG-30P CG-30M CG-30P CG-30P CG-30M
Upper Adjustable Upper Adjustable Upper Adjustable Upper Adjustable Upper Adjustable Upper Adjustable Upper Adjustable
End Cup End Cup End Cup End Cup End Cup End Cup End Cup
Anchoring and Installation Accessories
CG-348-M20 CG-348-M16 CG-348-M16 CG-348-M16 CGI-348-M16 CG-348-M16 CG-348-M16
Threaded Threaded Threaded Threaded Threaded Threaded Threaded
Tie Rod Tie Rod Tie Rod Tie Rod Tie Rod Tie Rod Tie Rod
for Carriage for Carriage for Carriage for Carriage for Carriage for Carriage for Carriage
CG-05G CG-05P CG-05P CGI-05P CG-05P
Foundation Plate Foundation Plate Foundation Plate Foundation Plate Foundation Plate
255-220 258-30
For 1¼" - 2⅜" frame
CGI-251
stainless Monorail CG-254
steel
For 2¾" - 4⅜" Use with CG-252 or
frame 258-30
Adjustable Guiding Plate with roller
SLIDING GATE
the gate operator. You can use a horizontally somewhere along the full
SYSTEMS
gate operator of your choice. length of the gate and will provide
In fact the face of the bottom adequate support.
track provides a nice surface to
mount the gear rack to (for rack/
pinion type operators). The track
slides very smoothly on the
carriages thereby reducing the
duragates.com
load on the operator.
• Easy Installation
Once the 2 carriages are mounted on the concrete pad, simply
ornamental or even just aesthetic, the track looks quite industrial from
the outside if it is not hidden by the gate.
• It is not possible to do an arched top gate.
slide the gate on the carriages and add the end wheels.
• Gate is constantly pulling down on the track resulting in limited weight
• Durability capacity.
High quality rollers and track result in years of troublefree
operation. Chainlink exposed-roller systems
• Reduced Load on Gate Motor Pros:
• Economical: Because this type of
The gate will roll smoothly and can even be operated with one
hand. This reduces the load on the gate motor resulting in a system uses the bottom pipe of the
longer life and reduced maintenance on the motor. chainlink gate as a track, there is no
No track on the ground to trip over. The driveway can be • Needs at least 50% counter balance
uneven and sloping since the gate is off the ground. • As the gate posts may eventually shift, the rollers may need constant
adjustment.
AFTER
SLIDING GATE
292-10FT 293-10FT
292-20FT 90°
293-20FT
V-groove track to be V-groove track
cemented in place. to be bolted in place. 90°
1-1/2” (42mm)
2-3/8” (60mm)
1/8” (3mm)
14mm)
9/16”
1/8” (3mm)
11/16” dia.
(17mm)
(9.5mm)
3/8” dia.
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
5/16” (7.5mm)
3/8” (9mm)
6-3/16” dia. (157mm)
• M14 x 70mm wheel pin • M16 x 70mm wheel pin
305V-100 305V-160
3/8” (9.5mm)
3/8” (10mm)
• 4" wheel with • 6" wheel with
322V-200
• 8" grease gun wheel
7/16” (10.5mm)
SLIDING GATE
SYSTEMS
Equally distributed
weight
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
3-1/2” (90mm)
4-3/16” (106mm)
• 485lb capacity
per wheel
13/16”
1/4” (7.5mm)
(21mm)
3-7/8” dia. (98mm)
1-1/2” (40mm)
326V-100
Ø3/8” (9mm)
4-5/16” (110mm)
3-1/2” (90mm)
double bearing and
4-3/16” (106mm)
external support
3/8” (9.5mm)
• 890lb capacity
per wheel 1-1/8”
(28mm)
Equally distributed
weight
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
2-3/4” (70mm)
2-3/16” (55.5mm)
3-7/8” dia. (98mm)
• 4" wheel with
single bearing and
1/4” (7.5mm)
internal plate
(14.5mm)
BREV.
1/2”
• 440lb capacity
(13.5mm)
1/2”
per wheel 6-1/8” (155mm)
13/16”
(21mm)
(32mm)
1-1/4”
336V-100 336V-160
• 4" wheel with • 6" wheel with
double bearing and double bearing and
internal plate internal plate
• 840lb capacity • 1410lb capacity
per wheel per wheel
4-5/8” (116.5mm)
2-3/4” (69.5mm)
2-3/16” (55.5mm)
3-7/8” dia. (98mm)
3-7/16” (87mm)
5/16” (8.5mm)
3/8” (10mm)
(20mm)
(14.5mm)
BREV.
7/8”
BREV.
1/2”
(20.5mm)
(14mm)
7/8”
1/2”
1-1/4”
1”
6-1/8” (155mm) (24mm) 8-7/8” (225mm) (33mm)
(42mm)
1-5/8”
(32mm)
1-1/4”
SLIDING GATE
SYSTEMS
Equally distributed
weight
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
6-11/16” (170mm)
6-3/16” (157mm)
7-1/2” (190mm)
4-1/2” (117mm)
3/8” (10mm) 7-1/2” (190mm) 7/16” (10.5mm) 7-1/2” (190mm)
(62mm)
(90mm)
(95mm)
2-7/16”
(62mm)
(90mm)
(95mm)
2-7/16”
3-1/2”
3-3/4”
3-1/2”
3-3/4”
6-3/4” (171mm) 6-3/4” (171mm)
SLIDING GATE
SYSTEMS
Equally distributed
weight
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
CG-254
10’ Monorail for use 253-40
with item CG-252 CG-252 10" nylon roller for
Adjustable support to support
be used with monorail
item CG-254
258-30
Adjustable support to
be used with monorail
item CG-254
202
SLIDING GATE
• Runaway stop
SYSTEMS
230-40
• Mounted via screws 1-1/2" Nylon
• 4-3/4" high Replacement Roller
A LL D I M E N S I O N S A R E A P P R O X I M ATE .
Sliding solution for industrial doors. Trolleys and tracks for upper sliding doors for all applications, even when
guides cannot be installed in the floor. The trolleys feature shielded bearings that provide greater load capacity
and are quieter than ball bearings. All accessories are galvanized.
Weight capacity is 630 lbs. per trolley, recommended spacing between trolleys 24 inches.
202
4C
R
1”to 1 1/4”
23M
22M
Item # Description
SLIDING GATE
SYSTEMS
AUTOMATION
GATE
DASMA SAFETY GUIDE
GATE SYSTEM SAFETY – An Automatic Decision
NOTICE: Beginning January 2016, all external entrapment protection devices must be monitored for
presence and correct operation. If a fault occurs, the gate operator will not function unless a continuous pressure activation
device is being used.
This brochure, created and supplied by DASMA, will be included with your
Automated Vehicular Gate System and provides an overview of safety and general
design considerations that should be implemented at your site.
Its purpose is to provide guidance and help familiarize you with gate and gate
operator safety standards and requirements. Review this brochure carefully and
keep it for reference. If you have any questions, talk to your qualified installer.
BE SAFE
Automated vehicular gate systems provide user convenience and security.
However, because these machines can produce high levels of force, it is imperative that you understand how proper site
design, installation and maintenance reduce potential hazards associated with gates and automatic gate operators. This
brochure highlights industry safety standards and identifies entrapment protection devices that need to be in place to avoid
serious injury or death. Before the installer leaves the site, take a few minutes to inspect and test your gate system.
• Make sure your gate operator is grounded.
• Ask the installer where the Emergency Stop Switch is located and cycle the gate once or twice to test it.
• Learn how to turn power ON and OFF and manually open and close the gate.
• Inspect the entrapment protection devices. Ask your installer to perform tests and show you that they are working properly.
CRUSH HAZARDS
In picket gates, body parts positioned between the bars can become seriously mutilated
when the gate begins to move, which can result in serious injury or death.
Make sure openings are covered or screened and gaps are filled to prevent persons
from reaching through, and/or passing through, the gate.
SAFETY CHECKLIST
• Automated gates are for vehicular use only; provide and maintain walkways and signs
to direct pedestrians to a separate walk-through entrance.
• Clearly display WARNING SIGNS on both sides of the gate in clear view of vehicles.
• Never let children operate or play with gate controls. Keep all remote controls,
especially radio transmitters, away from children. DO NOT allow children to play on or
around the gate or gate operator.
• Make sure all access control devices are mounted at least 6 feet (1.8 m) away from
any moving parts. Create a safe design where a person need NOT reach over, under,
AUTOMATION
Guid e
I nterior posts, posts
N on-pinc h
rollers ( 2x )
P hy sic al P hoto ey e
V trac k stop
must b e less than 2¼" ( 57 mm) WAR
NING
( gate rail)
E
ZON
E d ge sensor E d ge sensor on
on T railing E d ge L ead ing E d ge of gate
of gate E d ge sensor ( D raw-in z one)
P hoto ey e ( R ec eiv er)
Secure Side
ing
open
EN T E arth ground
RA PM N O T E : A ny gap larger than 2¼" ( 57 mm)
ENT P hoto ey e ( R ec eiv er) b etween gate a x ed ob j ec ts must b e
protec ted . I nstall ed ge sensors where gap
b etween post and gate c reates a d raw-in z one.
P hy sic al stop - at b oth end s of gate rail.
COMPLIANT OPENINGS
Gap (X X X) between vertical bars must
SCREENED WIRE MESH
be less than 2¼ inches (57 mm) up to a
height of 6 ft (1.8 m) above grade. In the illustration to the right,
the gap between vertical bars
is non-compliant. It poses a
safety hazard if it is wider than
2¼ inches (57 mm).
A screened wire mesh has been
added to comply with ASTM
F2200 gate standards.
AUTOMATION
GATE
P hoto ey e P hoto
( pub lic sid e) ey es
WARNING
ZONE
NT R e e tor
APME
MENT ENTR for P hoto
EN TRAP E d ge
Curb E y e
sensor
E arth ground
Curb A
ENTRAPMENT
ZONE
P ed estrian gate loc ated
near the swing gate.
M ak e sure a separate walk -through entranc e is Secure Side
av ailab le and its ped estrian path is c learly d esignated . View A
Cross Section
Closed Gate A
Closed Gate
A I f spac e is greater than 4 inc hes W ith the hinge mounted on
the c orner of the pilaster,
in this area is req uired .
the entrapment z one A is
B
B I f spac e is less than 1 6 inc hes
O pened Gate
(A S T M F2200: 7 . 1 . 1 . 1 and 7 . 1 . 1 . 2)
AUTOMATION
GATE
TECHNICAL FEATURES
Control panel Merak UL
Reversible/irreversible operator Power irreversible
supply 120 V 60 Hz single-phase
Absorbed power 0.1 hp (70 W)
Thermal protection integrated in the control unit
Leaf speed 7.9 ips (12 m/min)
Output rotational speed Pinion pitch 79 rpm DEIMOS ULTRA BT A600 UL
Impact reaction 4 mm (14 teeth) KR925228 00003
Limit switches electronic torque limiter magnetic The Deimos BT Kit UL/CSA is used to automate
Manual release lever-operated with personal key intensive use sliding gates weighing up to 1300 lbs (~580 kg)
Operating cycle Environmental conditions from -4F(-20C) to 122F (50C) IP44
for residential use.
Degree of protection Operator weight 17.3 lbs
Dimensions see drawing above
Deimos Kit contains:
• 1 DEIMOS BT, operator with incorporated
control board and rolling-code receiver
• 1 set of FL 130B photocells
• 1 MITTO 2 12V two-channel rolling code
AUTOMATION
remote controls
GATE
with reflector and hood. (30m) and runs on a 24V power supply.
GATE
ARES 1500
ELECTROMECHANICAL AUTOMATION FOR RACK SLIDING GATES
TECHNICAL FEATURES
266 CEO-42/9c
Threaded gear rack connection. Pad mount for
gooseneck post
CEO-64/9
Inground
gooseneck post WIFI-BFT-KPAD
DRIVEWAY LOOPS AND DETECTORS Connect to the systems video
directly through your phone or
tablet's wifi.
SAFETY EDGES
Monitored Safety Edge
Sensor to eliminate pinch points and entrapment.
DIRECT BURIAL LOOPS SAW CUT LOOPS ME120-2E-04-T2 (4ft length)
Reverse Loops Reverse Loops ME120-2E-05-T2 (5ft length)
EL24-60 – 24 foot Loop SC24-50 – 24 foot Loop ME120-2E-06-T2 (6ft length)
4' x 8' loop, 60ft lead wire 4' x 8' loop, 50ft lead wire Aluminum Channel
RL36-40 – 36 foot Loop SC36-50 – 36 foot Loop Mounting channel for monitored safety edge.
6' x 12' loop, 40ft lead wire 6' x 12' loop, 50ft lead wire ME120-C-4FT
EL44-60 – 44 foot Loop SC44-50 – 44 foot Loop ME120-C-5FT
6' x 16' loop, 60ft lead wire 6' x 16' loop, 50ft lead wire
ME120-C-6FT
Free Exit Loops Free Exit Loops RBand Monitored Gate Kit – RB-G-K10
EL36-100 – 36 foot Loop SC36-100 – 36 foot Loop A wireless monitored transmitter/receiver kit for
6' x 12' loop, 100ft lead wire 6' x 12' loop, 100ft lead wire automated gate systems. It monitors the presence
EL44-100 – 44 foot Loop SC44-100 – 44 foot Loop and function of sensing edges and transmits a
6' x 16' loop, 100ft lead wire 6' x 16' loop, 100ft lead wire wireless monitored signal to the operator controls.
The receiver is compatible with up to six wireless
transmitters; for leading and trailing edges.
Transmitter – RB-TX10
Wireless transmitter compatible with monitored gate receiver.
Receiver – RB-G-RX10
Wireless receiver compatible with monitored gate transmitter.
KEXITPROBE LOOP DETECTOR ACCESSORIES
Mini Probe with vehicle sensor DSP-7LP
Automatically adjusts its D111904 - MITTO 2 12V
CP31005W sensitivity level when used 12V Two channel 433Mhz
- 100' of wire on different sized loops. rolling code remote control.
CP32005W
P125035- SL BAT2
- 200' of wire 24VDC battery backup system for ARES 1500 it includes
Free-exit self contained system. a charger board that activates the batteries when the
SAFETY BEAMS power is off and charges the batteries when the power
is on.
P111043 00001 D730298 - 25 TEETH PINION
Flat photocell Larger pinion for increased speed (7.9ips, 12rpm). Max
receiver/transmitter gate weight Ares 1500 1650lb (750Kg).
set for external
applications. This
set has a range up KED113731 - ECOSOL KIT
KIRPOLAPHOT001 to 100 ft (30m) and Interface, solar panel and 15' of panel cable for running
Polarized reflective photocell. runs on a 24V power BFT control panels off 24V solar power.
AUTOMATION
ICARO FAST
ELECTROMECHANICAL AUTOMATION FOR RACK SLIDING GATES
• SAFE USE.
> Thanks to the obstruction sensing
device, the operator reverses motion
and prevents damage to people and
vehicles in the event of contact.
Z25 Ø3.9"
14.80"
2.56"
TECHNICAL FEATURES
Control panel LEO D (incorporated)
REVERSIBLE/IRREVERSIBLE OPERATOR irreversible
Power supply 120 V, 60 Hz single-phase
ABSORBED POWER 1 hp (750 W)
Thermal protection integrated
LEAF SPEED 7.9 ips (12 m/min)
Output rotational speed 37 rpm
PINION PITCH 4 mm (25 teeth)
Impact reaction electronic clutch with encoder
LIMIT SWITCHES electromechanical
Manual release mechanical release with knob
OPERATING CYCLE intensive use
Environmental conditions from 5°F (-15°C) to 140°F (+60°C)
DEGREE OF PROTECTION IP24
Operator weight 56 lbs (~25 kg)
DIMENSIONS above
Fuse value (H-qsc board tansformer) 2A T
FUSE VALUE HQSC BOARD LOGIC UNIT 2A T
AUTOMATION
GATE
266 CEO-42/9c
Threaded gear rack connection. Pad mount for
gooseneck post
CEO-64/9
Inground
DRIVEWAY LOOPS AND DETECTORS gooseneck post WIFI-BFT-KPAD
Connect to the systems video
directly through your phone or
tablet's wifi.
SAFETY EDGES
Monitored Safety Edge
DIRECT BURIAL LOOPS SAW CUT LOOPS Sensor to eliminate pinch points and entrapment.
Reverse Loops Reverse Loops ME120-2E-04-T2 (4ft length)
EL24-60 – 24 foot Loop SC24-50 – 24 foot Loop ME120-2E-05-T2 (5ft length)
4' x 8' loop, 60ft lead wire 4' x 8' loop, 50ft lead wire ME120-2E-06-T2 (6ft length)
RL36-40 – 36 foot Loop SC36-50 – 36 foot Loop
6' x 12' loop, 40ft lead wire 6' x 12' loop, 50ft lead wire Aluminum Channel
EL44-60 – 44 foot Loop SC44-50 – 44 foot Loop Mounting channel for monitored safety edge.
6' x 16' loop, 60ft lead wire 6' x 16' loop, 50ft lead wire ME120-C-4FT
ME120-C-5FT
Free Exit Loops Free Exit Loops ME120-C-6FT
EL36-100 – 36 foot Loop SC36-100 – 36 foot Loop
6' x 12' loop, 100ft lead wire 6' x 12' loop, 100ft lead wire
EL44-100 – 44 foot Loop SC44-100 – 44 foot Loop RBand Monitored Gate Kit – RB-G-K10
A wireless monitored transmitter/receiver kit for
6' x 16' loop, 100ft lead wire 6' x 16' loop, 100ft lead wire
automated gate systems. It monitors the presence
and function of sensing edges and transmits a
wireless monitored signal to the operator controls.
The receiver is compatible with up to six wireless
transmitters; for leading and trailing edges.
Transmitter – RB-TX10
Wireless transmitter compatible with monitored gate receiver.
KEXITPROBE LOOP DETECTOR
Mini Probe with vehicle sensor Receiver – RB-G-RX10
DSP-7LP Wireless receiver compatible with monitored gate transmitter.
Automatically adjusts its
sensitivity level when used
on different sized loops. ACCESSORIES
CP31005W - 100' of wire D111904 - MITTO 2 12V
CP32005W - 200' of wire 12V Two channel 433Mhz rolling code remote
Free-exit self contained system. control.
SAFETY BEAMS
with reflector and hood. (30m) and runs on a 24V power supply.
GATE
Model 844ER
SLIDE GATE OPERATOR FOR USE WITH RACK OR CHAIN FOR CONDOMINIUM OR INDUSTRIAL
• FEATURES:
> Ideal for commercial and industrial applications
> Maximum anti-crushing safety with a twin-disk oil-bath clutch and
electronic board with encoder for reverse on obstacle
> Non reversing operator, no electric locks needed
> Key protected manual release device.
> Inductive or magnetic limit switch (according to model).
> Adjustable mounting bracket for flexible positioning.
> Simplified programming via display and pushbuttons
> Compliant with UL325 for Class I,II,III and IV applications
TECHNICAL FEATURES
Z16 Z20
Input voltage 115 VAC (+10% -6%)
Power 650 W
Current 7A
Electric motor 0.65 KW (0.87 hp)
Capacitor 70 uF
Traction and thrust force 247 lbf (1100 N) 198 lbf (880 N)
Motor rotation speed 1700 r.p.m.
Reduction ratio 1:30
Gate max weight 4000 lb (1814 Kg) 2200 lb (998 Kg)
Gate speed 38 ft/min (11.6 m/min) 47 ft/min (14.3 m/min)
Gate max length 131 ft (40 m) 164 ft (50 m)
Use frequency 70%
Thermal protection on motor winding 120°C
Clutch Twin-disk in oil-bath
Operating ambient temperature -4°F - 131°F (-20°C - +55°C)
Operator weight 32 lb (14.5 Kg)
Dimensions (L x D x H) 10.8 x 7.5 x 15.3 in (275x191x336 mm)
Protection class IP 44
The package 844 ER Z16 pinion, designed for on-rack The package 844 ER Chain, designed for chain
applications includes: the operator with Z16 pinion and applications, includes: the operator with idle
control board 780D, limit switch magnets, manual release transmissions, Z16 sprocket and control board 780D,
key. NOTE: rack is not included. limit plates, chain mounting hardware with nickel plated
master links, manual release key. NOTE: chain is not
included.
AUTOMATION
GATE
SAFETY EDGES
Monitored Safety Edge
Sensor to eliminate pinch points and entrapment. 2002 - Stainless steel chain in 10 ft
ME120-2E-04-T2 (4ft length) lengths with master links
ME120-2E-05-T2 (5ft length)
ME120-2E-06-T2 (6ft length)
Aluminum Channel
Mounting channel for monitored safety edge. 490122 - Galvanized rack plus fittings.
4 sections of 3.3 ft (1m) each
ME120-C-4FT
ME120-C-5FT
ME120-C-6FT
RBand Monitored Gate Kit – RB-G-K10 737816 - Foundation plate with side
A wireless monitored transmitter/receiver kit for and height adjustments
automated gate systems. It monitors the presence
and function of sensing edges and transmits a
wireless monitored signal to the operator controls.
The receiver is compatible with up to six wireless
transmitters; for leading and trailing edges. 2411 - Mounting pedestal. Galvanized,
Transmitter – RB-TX10 18 in.
Wireless transmitter compatible with monitored gate receiver.
Receiver – RB-G-RX10
AUTOMATION
• SMART TECHNOLOGY.
KUSTOS ULTRA BT UL A40 > Control unit compatible with the EElink protocol.
ELECTROMECHANICAL OPERATOR FOR
• SAFE USE.
SWING GATES > The advantage of the system is the completely covered
screw drive with magnetic stops in the same enclosed
housing. This ensures maximum protection against
external agents (water, dust, dirt, etc.) as well as a total
protection for people, preventing any type of access to
the moving parts..
KUSTOS UL KITS - STANDARD 10" x 12" ENCLOSURE KUSTOS UL KITS - BATTERY BACKUP w/115V Outlet,
KR935317 00004 12" x 14" Enclosure
INCLUDES: KUSTOS BT L Kit Single UL/CSA (UL Thalia KLEBR93531704
board w/ 10" X 12" enclosure, 2 Mittos, FL130B INCLUDES: KUSTOS BT L Kit Single UL/CSA (UL Thalia
Photocells, install cable) board w/ 12" X 14" enclosure, 2 Mittos, FL130B
KR935317 00005 Photocells, install cable)
INCLUDES: KUSTOS BT L Kit Dual UL/CSA (UL Thalia board KLEBR93531705
w/10" X 12" enclosure, 2 Mittos, FL130B INCLUDES: KUSTOS BT L Kit Dual UL/CSA (UL Thalia board
Photocells, 35' install cable) w/ 12" X 14" enclosure, 2 Mittos, FL130B
Photocells, 35' install cable)
LUX
HYDRAULIC OPERATOR FOR SWING GATES
• A MODEL FOR EVERY NEED.
> Several versions available: with slowdown, internal
positive stops, longer stroke. All of them are
irreversible.
• SAFE USE.
> Crushing prevention guaranteed by two
adjustable bypass valves.
TECHNICAL FEATURES
Control panel RIGEL 4 UL/CSA (suggested)
REVERSIBLE/IRREVERSIBLE OPERATOR irreversible
Power supply 120 V, 60 Hz single-phase
ABSORBED POWER 0.33 hp (250 W)
Thermal protection integrated
ROD WORKING STROKE 15.35" (390 mm)
Rod speed 0.55 ips (14 mm/s)
OPENING AND CLOSING TIME 27 s
Slowdown -
IMPACT REACTION hydraulic clutch
lock hydraulic opening/closing
MANUAL RELEASE release key
Operating cycle intensive use
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS from 14°F (-10°C) to 140°F (+60°C)
Degree of protection IP57
OPERATOR WEIGHT 19 lbs (~8,7 kg)
Dimensions below
3.27” 2.72”
A B
3.27” 2.72”
A B C
AUTOMATION
Model S418
ELECTROMECHANICAL OPERATOR FOR SWING GATES FOR RESIDENTIAL
• FEATURES:
> Sleek design
> Opening and closing mechanical stops built-in
> Effective stroke of 13.8" (350mm)
> New “multi-position” bracket for non-welded
installation
> Maximum safety thanks to the E024U control board
reverse on contact feature
> Built-in battery backup to ensure operation in case
of power outage
> Compliant with UL325 for Class I,II,III and IV
applications
TECHNICAL FEATURES
104301.5 - S418 Basic Single Kit
Input Voltage 24 Vdc Kit contains:
Power 35 W 1 Operator S418
Current 1.5 A 1 E024U Enclosure Kit
Max thrust 404 lbf (180 daN)
2 Batteries 12V 8 Ah
Rod stroke 13.8 in (350 mm)
1 Receiver 433 RC Plug In
Rod stroke without mechanical stops 15.3 in (390 mm)
Rod extension speed 0.7 in/s (1.8 cm/s) 2 4-channel transmitter XT4 433 RC
Max. leaf width 12 ft (3.7 m) 1 Pair of photobeams
Max. leaf weight 500 lb (227 Kg)
Operating ambient temperature -4°F - 131°F (-20°C - +55°C)
Use frequency continuous
Operator Weight 13.2 lb (6 kg) 10430115 - S418 Operator only
Dimensions (L x D x H) 32.5 x 4 x 4.9 in (825x104x125mm)
Protection class IP 54
AUTOMATION
GATE
SAFETY BEAMS
785163 - Wired directional photocell
with alignment. Mounted on wall or
column.
AUTOMATION
GATE
Model 400
HYDRAULIC OPERATOR FOR SWING GATES FOR CONDOMINIUM OR INDUSTRIAL
• FEATURES:
> Wide and versatile range from residential to heavy
industrial gates
> Hydraulic lock of the gate in open and/or closed
positions
> Quiet operation
> Self lubricating for long life
> Keyprotected manual release
> Compliant with UL325 for Class I,II, III, and IV
applications
10420712.5 400 CBACR RAPID BASIC SINGLE KIT 115 V up to 900 lbs (~408 kg) up to 12'
10420712 400 CBACR RAPID OPERATOR ONLY 115 V up to 900 lbs (~408 kg) up to 12'
TECHNICAL FEATURES
400 CBAC 400 CBACR
Input voltage 115 VAC (+10% -6%) or 230 VAC (+6% -10%)
Power 220 W
Current 2A (115V) - 1 A (230V)
Motor rotation speed 1400 r.p.m.
Thrust capacitor 25uF (115V) - 8uF (230V)
Operating ambient temperature 4°F - 131°F (-20°C to +55°C)
Thermal protection on motor 248°F (120°C)
Weight 29 lb (13.2 kg)
Protection class IP 55
Dimensions (L x D x H) 40.5 x 4.4 x 3.3 in (1,031x113x85 mm)
Hydraulic Locking Opening and Closing
Minimum leaf length 9.5 ft (2.9m)
Maximum leaf length 16 ft (4.9m) 12 ft (3.6m)
Maximum leaf weight 1300 lb (589 kg) 900 lb (408 kg)
Thrust force 1390 Ibf (620 daN) 1045 Ibf (465 daN)
Pump flow rate (I/min) 1 l/m 1.5 l/m
Rod extension speed 0.4 in/sec (1cm/sec) 0.6 in/sec (1.5cm/sec)
Effective rod stroke 10.25 in (260mm) 10.25 in (260mm)
Use frequency (cycles/hour) 70 80
400 - Basic Single Kits 115V contains 400 - Single Operator Only
Kit contains:
1 Operator 400 CBAC or CBACR 104201125 - 400 CBAC standard operator only
1 Prewired fiberglass enclosure 115V 14x16 in 10420712 - 400 CBACR rapid operator only
1 455D control panel 115V
1 Receiver 433 RC Plug In
2 4-channel transmitter XT4 433 RC
AUTOMATION
1 Pair of photobeams
GATE
SAFETY BEAMS
785163 - Wired directional photocell
490109 - Positive stop with alignment. Mounted on wall or
column.
AUTOMATION
GATE
SUB UL/CSA
UNDERGROUND HYDRAULIC OPERATOR FOR SWING GATES
TECHNICAL FEATURES
Control panel RIGEL 4 UL/CSA (suggested)
REVERSIBLE/IRREVERSIBLE OPERATOR irreversible
Power supply 120 V, 60 Hz single-phase
ABSORBED POWER 0.33 hp (250 W)
Thermal protection integrated
OPENING ANGLE 125°
Opening or closing time 14 s
SLOWDOWN opening/closing
Impact reaction hydraulic clutch
LOCK hydraulic opening/closing
Manual release release key
OPERATING CYCLE intensive use
Environmental conditions from 14°F (-10°C) to 140°F (+60°C)
DEGREE OF PROTECTION IP67
Operator weight 48 lbs (~22 kg)
DIMENSIONS below
fuse value Rigel 5 board Transformer 2A T
FUSE VALUE RIGEL 5 BOARD LOGIC BOARD 1A T
fuse value Rigel 4 board Transformer 2A T
FUSE VALUE RIGEL 4 BOARD LOGIC BOARD 1A T
0.47"
1.18"
7.87" 7.87"
3.07" Ø 1.18"
11.42"
2.36"
7.87" 7.87"
AUTOMATION
SAFETY EDGES
KERIG5C020U
Monitored Safety Edge 12" x 14" Lockable Fiberglass Enclosure Box
Sensor to eliminate pinch points and entrapment. Steel Back Panel
ME120-2E-04-T2 (4ft length) Rigel 5 Control Board with built in receiver
ME120-2E-05-T2 (5ft length) 110 Volt Outlet for accessories
ME120-2E-06-T2 (6ft length) Test Button
Aluminum Channel
Mounting channel for monitored safety edge.
ME120-C-4FT
ME120-C-5FT
ME120-C-6FT SAFETY BEAMS
Model S800H
UNDERGROUND HYDRAULIC OPERATOR FOR SWING GATES FOR RESIDENTIAL
OR CONDOMINIUM
• FEATURES:
> Hybrid technology
> Integrated encoder to control operator position
> 100 ° and 180 ° opening angle versions
> Opening/Closing mechanical stops integrated
> Easy handling and installation thanks to the integrated handles
> Maximum safety thanks to the E024U control board reverse on contact feature
> Built in battery backup to ensure operation in case of power outage
> Compliant with UL325 for Class I,II,III and IV applications
TECHNICAL FEATURES
S800H CBAC
Input voltage 24 Vdc
Power 60 W
Current 7A
Max. torque 442 lbf.ft (600 Nm)
Angle speed 8.2°/s
Max. opening angle 113° (S800H 100°) - 187° (S800H 180°)
Max. leaf width 13 ft (4 m)
Max. leaf weight 1760 lb (800kg)
Operating ambient temperature -4°F - 131°F (-20°C to +55°C)
Use frequency continuous
Operator weight 29 lb S800H 100° (13.2Kg) - 37 lb S800H 180° (17.0 kg)
Protection class IP 67
Hydraulic locks included
SAFETY BEAMS
785163 - Wired directional photocell
with alignment. Mounted on wall or
490112 - Support Box column.
ECOSOL
SOLAR-POWERED SYSTEM
FOR USE WITH DEIMOS, ARES AND PHOBOS SERIES OPERATORS
Cities α
α >10°
Seattle (WA) 47° α = angle/latitude
New York (NY) 41°
San Francisco (CA) 38°
Atlanta (GA) 34°
90°
Los Angeles (CA) 34°
Phoenix (AZ) 33°
α
Dallas (TX) 33°
Houston (TX) 30°
Miami (FL) 26°
San Juan (PR) 18°
TECHNICAL FEATURES
ECOSOL BOX ECOSOL LIBRA UL/CSA ENCLOSURE ECOSOL PANEL
ABSORBED POWER 10 A 10 A -
BATTERY NOMINAL CAPACITY 7.2 Ah 9.0 Ah -
DEGREE OF PROTECTION IP 55 IP 66 -
ENVIROMENTAL CONDITIONS from 24° F to 122° F from -4 ° F to 122 ° F from 24° F to 122° F
POWER 35 W max from panels 35 W max from panels 10 W
STAND BY ABSORBED POWER 0.15 W 0.15 W -
WEIGHT 13.2 lbs 23 lbs 4.4 lbs
FUSE VALUE - 1A T -
DIMENSIONS ECOSOL BOX DIMENSIONS ECOSOL PANEL ECOSOL LIBRA UL/CSA ENCLOSURE
"
4.7
11.
4"
8.6
"
12.5"
13.9"
"
1.1
AUTOMATION
GATE
ECOSOL PANEL
ECOSOL BOX
ACCESSORIES
WIFI-BFT-KPAD
PREDATOR WIFI Video Intercom
Simple setup by mobile phone. Connect to the system video
directly through your phone’s or tablet’s wifi, enter the pass code
for the home hub wifi and your devices are connected.
View the gate/door any time with monitoring mode!
Open gates with your phone / tablet.
Built in RJ45 Ethernet socket for CAT5 cabled installs.
Can work with most open market Ethernet-over-mains adaptors
for longer range applications
BFTCELL-PRIME
T-MOBIL
BFT Cellular Call Box with Keypad CARD INC E SIM
L
AT NO CH UDED
ARG
• Built in time clock control FOR EASY E
AC TIVATIO
• Remotely program your keypad codes by app N
• Automatic 7 day open/close control by app
• Activity log (see who opened your gates and when)
• Access your property by telephone, caller ID (known number),
SMS, or PIN Code
• 15V D.C. Power supply adaptor included
• Built-in illuminated keypad with 200 codes, 20 time zone codes,
30 temporary codes
• 100 registered caller ID users
• Get a call from your cellbox anywhere in the world
• Three year limited warranty
AUTOMATION
GATE
BFTCELL-PRIME-NK
BFT Cellular Call Box T-MOBIL
CARD INC E SIM
L
AT NO CH UDED
• Built in time clock control ARG
FOR EASY E
• Automatic 7 day open/close control by app AC TIVATIO
N
• Activity log (see who opened your gates and when)
• Access your property by telephone, caller ID (known number),
SMS
• 15V D.C. Power supply adaptor included
• 100 registered caller ID users
• Get a call from your cellbox anywhere in the world
• Three year limited warranty
GSM-PLUS-10B
T-MOBIL
BFT Cellular Call Box with Keypad CARD INC E SIM
L
AT NO CH UDED
ARG
FOR EASY E
• 10 Station/ Family Cellular Access System AC TIVATIO
N
• Call up to 10 families from a single SIM card.
• Calls 4 cell or land line phone numbers sequentially
• 10 call buttons and ID name tags with blue backlighting
• 1000 memory back lit key pad
• Individual ring time settings for up to 4 numbers
• SMS notification to home owners when access system triggered by
intercom or keypad
• Call log system to check last 20 caller ID numbers used
• 2 Relay outputs on system
• Easy Install power connector
• Marine grade stainless steel finish
• Dual locking system
• Standard goose neck mount configuration
• Enhanced surge protection built in.
AUTOMATION
GATE
BFT-CELL-SWITCH P121024-Q-BOX
Cellular Access Control Relay Switch Digital Keypad
CEO-42/9c
IM Pad mount for gooseneck post
BILE S
T-MO NCLUDED This pad mount pedestal
I
C ARD O CHARGE
AT N R EASY is 42" high with and
FO
ATION 12" reach.
AC TIV
CEO-64/9
Inground
gooseneck post
Features: Specifications:
• IP addressable – program from your PC via LAN/WAN or an • Hands free, full duplex digital audio circuit.
internet connection or via built-in modem • Interfaces with a single phone line
• Access Plus Account Manager programming software • 27 dial-out phone numbers
included • Two relays for door or gate control
• Add up to six (6) card readers, keypads or RF • Ability to control an additional six (6) access points with
receivers (RS-485) card readers, keypads or RF controls
• 100 card / transmitter / keypad codes (50 with phone • Programming Method: System keypad, touch-tone
numbers; 50 access codes only) telephone, or from PC
• Up to 30 holidays can be added to access and hold open • 16 VAC, 20 VA (250 ma) power transformer provided
time zones • FCC (US): DUF6VT-12874-OT-0
• Control access points from your PC. Schedule lock • DOC (CAN): 1736 4507 A
and unlock times, lock or unlock an access point with the • Complies with UL 294; ETL Listed
click of your mouse • Surface mount dimensions: 6.13"H x 10"W x 5.25"D
• 10 temporary access codes with start and end dates
• 500 event transaction buffer
• Email notification of events of your choice. Internet
connection required
• Call waiting
• Call forwarding with time zone restrictions
• Unique double ring
• Built-in clock / calendar
• Do-not-disturb feature
• Four “hold open” time zones
• Answer machine bypass feature
• 50 5-digit entry codes with time zone restrictions on some
codes
• 10 Temporary entry codes with start and end dates
• Intercom mode for use with PBX and KSU phone systems
• Camera ready
AUTOMATION
GATE
Features: Specifications:
• Distinctive double ring identifies visitor calls • Hands free, full duplex digital audio circuit
from regular calls • Connects in series with the residential phone line. By-pass
• Call waiting switch provided.
• Call forwarding • EEPROM Memory Chip
• 3 preprogrammed call out telephone numbers • Stores up to 3 call forwarding numbers
• "Do Not Disturb" time zone • Full duplex communication
• Hold open time zones • 50, 4-digit entry codes
• Built-in time clock • 24 VAC, 20 VA (250 ma) power transformer provided
• Entry code time zone • FCC (US): DUF6VT-12874-OT-0
• "Flash" entry code • DOC (CAN): 1736 4507 A
• LED lighted faceplate • Complies with UL 294; ETL Listed
• 2 relays for door/gate control • Surface mount dimensions: 6.13"H x 10"W x 5.25"D
The 1802-EPD (Electronic Programmable Directory) model are ideal telephone entry
systems that are loaded with features and are suited for applications that have limited
space and can be used in residential as well as commercial applications. The 1802-
EPD includes a built-in electronic directory. Visitors are easily identified by voice
communication and can be granted or denied access directly from a touch-tone telephone.
Features: Specifications:
• Programmable directory codes (1-4 digits) • Stores up to 100 telephone numbers
• 16-digit dialing and names
• Two relays to control two entry points • EEPROM Memory Chip
• 5-digit entry codes for special needs • Full duplex communication
• LED lighting illuminates keypad • 4-digit entry codes - max. of 100
• Built-in time clock • Six, 5-digit entry codes
• Hold open time zones • 16 VAC, 20 VA (250 ma) power transformer
• Entry code time zones provided
• "Flash" entry codes • Ringer equivalence: 0.0 A
• Built-in postal lock provision • Jack type: RJ11C or W
• 1802-EPD includes directory display. • FCC (US): DUF6VT-12874-OT-0
• DOC (CAN): 1736 4507 A
• Complies with UL 294; ETL Listed
• Surface mount dimensions:
12"H x 6.5"W x 5"D
AUTOMATION
GATE
With its built-in lighted directory, Model 1810 is a completely self-contained telephone
entry system that is ideal for small to medium sized apartment buildings, gated
communities, condominiums, office buildings, factories and industrial sites. Managers
can easily create and change the directory as needed with a word processing program
(templates are available from DoorKing). Visitors are identified by voice communication
via the telephone. Access is granted by pressing "9" on your touch tone telephone, or
access can be denied by simply hanging up.
Features: Specifications:
• Programmable directory codes (1-4 digits) • Stores up to 600 telephone numbers
• 16-digit dialing • EEPROM Memory Chip
• Two special inputs can be programmed • Full duplex communication
for relay activation or to dial out a • 4-digit entry codes; 1000
preprogrammed phone number • Six, 5-digit entry codes
• 5-digit entry codes for special needs • 16 VAC, 20 VA (250 ma) power transformer
• Built-in LED lighted directory provided
• LED lighting illuminates directory • Ringer equivalence: 0.0 A
• Built-in time clock • Jack type: RJ11C or W
• Hold open time zones • FCC (US): DUF6VT-12874-OT-0
• Entry code time zones • DOC (CAN): 1736 4507 A
• "Flash" entry codes • Complies with UL 294; ETL Listed
• Built-in postal lock provision • Surface mount dimensions:
• Programming display 13"H x 11.25"W x 4.75"D
Model 1520 provides users with a full feature single door stand-alone access control system.
The 1520 is available with a built-in proximity card reader (DK Prox, AWID or HID) or can be
ordered as a single door controller allowing the user to add their own 26-bit access control
device.
Features: Specifications:
• Built-in proximity card reader (available • Stores up to 1000 card codes
with DK Prox, AWID or HID reader) • Transaction buffer stores last 3600 events
• Available as a controller only • Timed anti-pass back (1-59 minutes)
(add your own 26-bit wiegand device) • Four time zones
• Built-in programming keypad • Clock and transaction buffer maintain data
• Indoor or outdoor use for up to 3 days in the event of a power
outage
• Print Menu
• Real time print mode
• Form "C" dry contact relay
• 16 VAC, 20 VA power transformer supplied
1508-020 - AWID Prox Cards
These cards are randomly pre-coded. Card
numbers may, or may not be, in numerical
sequence.
AUTOMATION
GATE
PREFORMED DIRECT
BURIAL LOOPS
BD Loops direct burial loops are
designed for quick and easy installation
and can be installed in concrete or under
asphalt, pavers or gravel roads.
PREFORMED SAW-CUT LOOPS
• 16 AWG loop wire designed for superior performance. Used for saw-cut installations where a 3/16" groove is cut into the
• Installation kit includes: cable ties, ground stakes, and loop lead-in concrete or asphalt and the wire is stuffed and sealed (using loop
labels. sealant) into the groove. Custom polyethylene outer jacket protects a
• Easy to follow installation instructions. micro-dusted nylon coated inner jacketed 16AWG stranded wire. The
• Loop wire is durable and rated for direct burial. saw-cut loop has a built in backer-rod securely fitting a 3/16" saw-cut
• Pre-phased (phasing direction marked) at the factory, allowing groove eliminating the need to apply backer-rod to hold the loop
installers to easily take advantage of loop phasing. to the bottom of the saw-cut groove and requires 30-40% less loop
sealant to seal the groove. Both the loop and the lead-in fit within a
3/16" saw-cut groove preventing wasted time spent double saw-
Reverse/Shadow Loops Free Exit Loops cutting or doubling blades to cut the home run lead-in.
EL24-60 – 24 foot Loop EL36-100 – 36 foot Loop
4' x 8' loop, 60ft lead wire 6' x 12' loop, 100ft lead wire Reverse/Shadow Loops Free Exit Loops
RL36-40 – 36 foot Loop EL44-100 – 44 foot Loop SC24-50 – 24 foot Loop SC36-100 – 36 foot Loop
6' x 12' loop, 40ft lead wire 6' x 16' loop, 100ft lead wire 4' x 8' loop, 50ft lead wire 6' x 12' loop, 100ft lead wire
EL44-60 – 44 foot Loop SC36-50 – 36 foot Loop SC44-100 – 44 foot Loop
6' x 16' loop, 60ft lead wire 6' x 12' loop, 50ft lead wire 6' x 16' loop, 100ft lead wire
SC44-50 – 44 foot Loop
6' x 16' loop, 50ft lead wire
LOOP SEALANT
Polyurethane sealant has many advantages when compared to other
commonly used sealants. VEHICLE DETECTOR
• Does not shrink or crack—it does not
have an evaporation cure like most other
BDLG-BLACKTUBE DSP-7LP
BDLG-GRAYTUBE
sealants. Detector operates on any voltage
30 fl. oz. tube
• Does not conduct electricity—water based from 10 to 30 volts AC or DC and
sealants can facilitate shorts to ground. draws about 1 milliamp of current
BDLG-BLACKCASE with no vehicle on the loop. This
• Has a low viscosity (flows easily) is easier on
BDLG-GRAYCASE micro-sized detector will automatically adjust its sensitivity
your hand, and is self leveling.
Case of 12 level when used on different sized loops. The detector loop
• Can be cleaned up with rubbing alcohol.
inductance should be between 20 and 2000 microhenries.
CARTELL - GATEMATE™ FREE EXIT SYSTEM • Designed for solar powered applications
• Designed to be cross talk free between other loops
CP31005W - 100' of wire • Automatically compensates for loop and lead-In sizes
• Switchless, self-adapting to most common installations
CP32005W - 200' of wire • Plug and play; Connect it up and watch it work
The Cartell-GateMate™ free exit system is a self- • Small profile, perfect for many installations
contained unit. All the electronics are contained in • Fail safe operation
the sensor probe housing. There is no external output board to install. • Wide low-voltage operation
Bury the Cartell-GateMate™ 6-10 inches underground, 100 feet from
the automatic gate operator (toward the house), beside and parallel
to the driveway. It should be hooked up directly to the free exit
terminals on the gate operator. Universal voltage (AC and DC) makes it VEHICLE DETECTOR KIT
compatible with any gate operator, solar or powered.
It can be hard to explain to a customer how inductance loops work or why they are needed for gate
systems. Inductance loops offer customers both convenience and peace of mind. If a customer is
purchasing a brand new gate system, having a reliable means of vehicle detection can help them enjoy
the system even more. Educating your customers about the advantages of installing loops on their
system will help you sell more loops and accessories.
Loops work off of inductance, this is why they are sometimes referred to as inductance loops. Any
material that is a good conductor of electricity (metal) can be detected by inductance loops. Detectors
require a percentage of change to trigger a detection, which means that enough metal needs to enter
the detection field to trigger a detection. Depending on how sensitive the system is, an object as small
as a metal trash can lid can trigger a detection.
Many installers and customers believe that loops work off of magnetism or pressure. Most magnetic
materials contain iron and can be detected. Non magnetic materials such as aluminum and copper are
excellent conductors of electricity and are also detectable objects.
As for pressure, customers who think that loops are air hoses or pressure plates that respond to weight
will be confused when their horses or other heavy objects are not detected by the loops. It is important
to give your customers a simple explanation of what loops detect, I often tell home owners that loops
detect large metal objects such as cars and motorcycles.
This is one of the questions we are asked the most, the answer depends on the type of gate:
If space permits you may want to install an additional Exit Loop further down the driveway so that the
gate will be open by the time the vehicle reaches the gate.
AUTOMATION
GATE
If space permits you may want to install an additional Exit Loop further down the driveway so that the
gate will be open by the time the vehicle reaches the gate.
Exit Loops automatically open the gate when a vehicle drives over them. They will also hold a gate open
and reverse a closing gate, which means they can be used in place of an inside reverse loop.
A Reverse Loop will reverse a closing gate if a vehicle is detected. A reverse loop will also hold a gate
open if a vehicle stops over the loop. If a gate is fully closed and a vehicle drives over a reverse loop
nothing will happen as the gate will not open.
“Do you want to wait 15-30 seconds to leave your property every day?”
“We can install a loop that will automatically open the gate for you as you are exiting, no remotes
required.”
“With an exit loop, guests on your property will be able to leave without you having to follow them out
to open the gate.”
For added convenience, exit loops can be placed up the driveway 40-200’, so that the gate will be fully
open by the time the car reaches the gate.
AUTOMATION
GATE
BD LoopsT:| 800.784.7444
8161 Monroe Ave
✛ T:|908.757.2323
Stanton, CA 90680
✛ F: 908.757.3439
376 P: 714-723-0946 | Alt P: 714-890-1604 | F: 714-890-1064
SALES@LOCKS4GATES.COM | W: BDLoops.com
✛ LOCKS4GATES.COM
C2
EDUCATIONAL ARTICLES ON DRIVEWAY LOOPS
Explaining Loops to Your Customers
BD
HOW Loops
LOOPS WORK (continued) Selling Loop Systems
We’re
By Brian onBD
Dickson, the Installer’s Side
Loops
Shadow/Phantom/Center Loop:
any installers don’t fully understand the function of this loop, which can ma e it hard to understand
why it is so important on swing gates.
The Shadow Loop is placed under the swing path of a swing gate. This loop will check to see if a vehicle
is within the swing path, before the gate closes and/or opens (depending on the gate operator). The
gate will not move if a vehicle is within the swing path.
The shadow loop is very important. On a 12ft single swing gate, there is 20ft of undetectable area
between the inside and outside reverse loop that a car can easily fit into.
Not everyone looks at a gate to determine how it opens. Guests and visitors can easily stop in a gates
swing path while waiting to exit and without a shadow loop their car could be hit by the gate.
Reverse Loops:
Reverse loops hold the gate open or reverse a closing gate if a vehicle is detected. Reverse Loops offer
customers peace of mind, and prevent panic and risky actions when a gate is closing.
Vehicle tailgating/follow-through, without a reverse loop the gate could close on vehicles following
another car through an open gate.
ou’re exiting and find a child’s bi e s ateboard toy bloc ing your dri eway exit, you get out of the car
to move the bike and the gate starts closing on the vehicle.
A guest leaving the property inches up to the street waiting for an opening to pull out of the driveway, if
they live on a street with high traffic, or where children play in the street you are not always able to exit
quickly.
BD Loops is a designer of preformed direct burial and saw-cut inductance loops for the gate, door, and parking industries. With
over 15 years in business the quality of BD Loops is unparalleled. BD Loops products are available through over 400 distributors
in the U.S. and Canada. BD Loops offers 46 standard preformed loop sizes, all standard and custom loop sizes are ready to be
shipped the same day. The company has several letters of recommendation testifying their professionalism and design, and is a
member of the following associations: AFA, IDA, NAFCA, NOMMA, IPI, CODA, and IMSA. Visit www.bdloops.com and use the
distributor locator to find a distributor near you.
AUTOMATION
GATE
BDT:Loops
T: 800.784.7444 ✛ | 8161 Monroe
908.757.2323 Ave | Stanton, CA 90680
✛ F: 908.757.3439
P: 714-723-0946 | Alt P: 714-890-1604 | F: 714-890-1064 | W: BDLoops.com
SALES@LOCKS4GATES.COM ✛ LOCKS4GATES.COM 377
C2
Mrs. Jones was obviously upset. How could this have been prevented? Other than remembering
her briefcase in the first place, loops could have been installed to detect that her car was in the gate path.
EDUCATIONAL ARTICLES ON DRIVEWAY LOOPS
Loops are the safest method of detecting vehicles in the gate path as they are not affected by weather or
obstructions the way photo eyes can be. What dealers and installer must understand is how many loops
need to be placed in the different gate systems and where. To better understand this, we will look at three
LOOP
types PLACEMENT AND slide
of common gate systems: SIZEgates, swing gates, and double swing gates.
By Brian Dickson, BD Loops
Slide gates require two reverse loops, one on each side of the gate — two feet from each curb and
four feet away from the gate — to completely cover the gate path. You can come as close as two feet from
the gate if the loops are properly phased. By using the proper layout and knowing the driveway width, you
can determine the size of the loops needed. The two dimensions you need to find are the short and long leg
of the loop. To find the long leg of the loop (z), subtract the driveway width (x) by four feet, represented by
this formula: x – 4 = z. The short leg is determined by which type of vehicles are going through the gate.
This is important because the short leg of the loops determines the detection height. If residential vehicles
(low to the ground) are the only vehicles passing through, four feet is recommended. If commercial vehicles
(UPS trucks for example) will be passing through, higher detection is required and 6 feet is recommended.
An exit loop in this gate system is optional and follows the same formulas as the reverse loops. Exit loops
can be located up to 1,000 feet from the gate. The advantage of a longer lead-in on the exit loop is to
minimize the wait time for the gate to open.
1|Page
AUTOMATION
GATE
Swing gates require a total of three loops: two reverse loops on each side of the gate and a shadow
loop. Reverse loops being installed on a swing gate need to be placed on each side of the gate, two feet
from each curb and four feet away from the gate in its open position. Finding their size follows the same
formula as slide gates: x – 4 = z. What is different in this gate system is the addition of a shadow loop. This
loop is placed under the opening path of the gate, two feet away from the curb and four feet away from
the gate in its closed position and four feet away from the gate in its open position. To determine the leg of
the loop that is parallel to the gate in its closed position (y) subtract the driveway width (x) by 6 feet,
represented by this formula: x – 6 = y. To find the leg of the loop that is parallel to the curb (a) subtract the
driveway width (x) by four feet, represented by this formula: x – 4 = a. An exit loop in this gate system is
optional and can be the reverse loops on the inside of the property (which will require a separate detector)
or another loop can positioned a minimum of four feet away from reverse loop on the inside of the
property.
ouble swing gates require a total of three loops: two reverse loops on each side of the gate and a
shadow loop. The reverse loops follow the same method of installation as swing gates; two feet from each
curb and four feet away from the gate in its open position. Finding their size follows the same formula as
slide gates and swing gates (x – 4 = z). To find the shadow loop leg that is parallel to the gate in its closed
position (b), you need to subtract the driveway width (x) by eight; represented by this formula: x – 8 = b. To
find the shadow loop leg that is parallel to the gate in its open position (c), you need to divide the driveway
width (x) by two, then subtract that amount by four feet represented by this formula: (x / 2) – 4 = c. An exit
loop in this gate system is optional and can be the reverse loops on the inside of the property (which will
require a separate detector) or another loop can be positioned a minimum of four feet away from the
reverse loop on the inside of the property.
AUTOMATION
GATE
• The outer covering houses 2 electrically conductive flexible A 2-conductor electrical configuration
contact elements. complies with UL-325 and the 2009
• The contact elements are separated by a soft perforated International Building Code for gates.
foam cushion.
• When touched, the edge compresses causing the contacts
to touch.
• An immediate electrical signal is sent to the motor control
unit to stop and/or reverse motion.
FEATURES: • Designed to accept the Knox 3501 key switch used by Fire
• New and improved siren operated sensor Departments throughout the country
• Easy and effective emergency access • Ample room inside for additional access control devices or keys
• Makes all gates 911 accessible • 14-gauge steel
• No codes or keys required • Faceplate is painted bright red, enclosure is painted black
• Compatible with all gate/door operators • 5.375" (h) x 4.5" (w) x 5.375" (d)
• Comes with a 4x5 inch reflective sign
• 12-24VAC/DC; 2-wire
• 6.5" (h) X 4.125" (w) X 2.25" (d)
FEATURES:
• Polarized sensor
• Sensing range of 32 ft
• LED indicator for beam alignment
• IP-66 water proof/cable gland
• PMMA upper casing, anti fog/dew/rain
• Input voltage: AC/DC 12-250V non polarity
AUTOMATION
GATE
EXIT BUTTON
1211-080
• Provides a release device for doors secured
with a magnetic lock or electric strike
• Lighted Exit push buttons
• 12-volt DC power (for light)
• 1211-081 designed for mullion mounting
• 4-1/2" H x 2-13/16"W (114.3mm H x 71.4mm W)
COMPONENTS: COMPONENTS:
Post: PL500 Post: P202
Baluster: BL501 Balusters: B2302
Finial: TBL7 B2202
Lateral Scroll: DL60R Finial: TBL54
Handrail: MCL60 Base Shoe: CS121
COMPONENTS: COMPONENTS:
Post: PC612 Post: PS125
Baluster: B6111 Balusters: B3201
B6311 Finial: FOT12
Finial: FOS7ZD Base Shoe: FOC83Z
Base Shoe: CS251
National Glass
TECHNICAL National Association
RESOURCES
of Architectural Metal
Association
Manufacturers
glass.org naamm.org
GATE HARDWARE
& ACCESSORIES
ENCLOSED ROLLER SYSTEM FOR
CANTILEVER SLIDING GATES
ARCHITECTURAL
LOCKS4GATES.COM DURAGATES.COM IRON DESIGNS, INC.
950 SOUTH 2ND ST. ✛ PLAINFIELD, NJ 07063
MEMBERS OF
T: 800.784.7444 ✛ T: 908.757.2323 ✛ F: 908.757.3439
AISALES@ARCHIRONDESIGN.COM
ARCHIRONDESIGN.COM
/ARCHIRONDESIGN